1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG. 
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead. 
   6 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,static
=1): 
   8         if isinstance(value
, class_type
): 
   9             self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
.this
 
  10             if hasattr(value
,"thisown"): self
.__dict
__["thisown"] = value
.thisown
 
  13     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_setmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  14     if method
: return method(self
,value
) 
  15     if (not static
) or hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
== "thisown"): 
  16         self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
 
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  20 def _swig_setattr(self
,class_type
,name
,value
): 
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,0) 
  23 def _swig_getattr(self
,class_type
,name
): 
  24     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_getmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  25     if method
: return method(self
) 
  26     raise AttributeError,name
 
  30     _object 
= types
.ObjectType
 
  32 except AttributeError: 
  38 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set): 
  39     def set_attr(self
,name
,value
): 
  40         if hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
in ("this", "thisown")): 
  43             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  47 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension 
  49 _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
(vars()) 
  51 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can 
  54 wx 
= _sys
.modules
[__name__
] 
  57 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  59 def _deprecated(callable, msg
=None): 
  61     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning 
  62     before calling the callable. 
  65         msg 
= "%s is deprecated" % callable 
  66     def deprecatedWrapper(*args
, **kwargs
): 
  68         warnings
.warn(msg
, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel
=2) 
  69         return callable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
  70     deprecatedWrapper
.__doc
__ = msg
 
  71     return deprecatedWrapper
 
  74 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  76 NOT_FOUND 
= _core_
.NOT_FOUND
 
  77 VSCROLL 
= _core_
.VSCROLL
 
  78 HSCROLL 
= _core_
.HSCROLL
 
  79 CAPTION 
= _core_
.CAPTION
 
  80 DOUBLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.DOUBLE_BORDER
 
  81 SUNKEN_BORDER 
= _core_
.SUNKEN_BORDER
 
  82 RAISED_BORDER 
= _core_
.RAISED_BORDER
 
  83 BORDER 
= _core_
.BORDER
 
  84 SIMPLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.SIMPLE_BORDER
 
  85 STATIC_BORDER 
= _core_
.STATIC_BORDER
 
  86 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
 
  87 NO_BORDER 
= _core_
.NO_BORDER
 
  88 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
 
  89 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
 
  90 TAB_TRAVERSAL 
= _core_
.TAB_TRAVERSAL
 
  91 WANTS_CHARS 
= _core_
.WANTS_CHARS
 
  92 POPUP_WINDOW 
= _core_
.POPUP_WINDOW
 
  93 CENTER_FRAME 
= _core_
.CENTER_FRAME
 
  94 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 
  95 CENTER_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 
  96 CLIP_CHILDREN 
= _core_
.CLIP_CHILDREN
 
  97 CLIP_SIBLINGS 
= _core_
.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 
  98 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB 
= _core_
.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 
  99 RETAINED 
= _core_
.RETAINED
 
 100 BACKINGSTORE 
= _core_
.BACKINGSTORE
 
 101 COLOURED 
= _core_
.COLOURED
 
 102 FIXED_LENGTH 
= _core_
.FIXED_LENGTH
 
 103 LB_NEEDED_SB 
= _core_
.LB_NEEDED_SB
 
 104 LB_ALWAYS_SB 
= _core_
.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 
 105 LB_SORT 
= _core_
.LB_SORT
 
 106 LB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.LB_SINGLE
 
 107 LB_MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.LB_MULTIPLE
 
 108 LB_EXTENDED 
= _core_
.LB_EXTENDED
 
 109 LB_OWNERDRAW 
= _core_
.LB_OWNERDRAW
 
 110 LB_HSCROLL 
= _core_
.LB_HSCROLL
 
 111 PROCESS_ENTER 
= _core_
.PROCESS_ENTER
 
 112 PASSWORD 
= _core_
.PASSWORD
 
 113 CB_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.CB_SIMPLE
 
 114 CB_DROPDOWN 
= _core_
.CB_DROPDOWN
 
 115 CB_SORT 
= _core_
.CB_SORT
 
 116 CB_READONLY 
= _core_
.CB_READONLY
 
 117 RA_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.RA_HORIZONTAL
 
 118 RA_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.RA_VERTICAL
 
 119 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 
 120 RA_SPECIFY_COLS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 
 121 RA_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 122 RB_GROUP 
= _core_
.RB_GROUP
 
 123 RB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.RB_SINGLE
 
 124 SB_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.SB_HORIZONTAL
 
 125 SB_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.SB_VERTICAL
 
 126 RB_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 127 ST_SIZEGRIP 
= _core_
.ST_SIZEGRIP
 
 128 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE 
= _core_
.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 
 129 FLOOD_SURFACE 
= _core_
.FLOOD_SURFACE
 
 130 FLOOD_BORDER 
= _core_
.FLOOD_BORDER
 
 131 ODDEVEN_RULE 
= _core_
.ODDEVEN_RULE
 
 132 WINDING_RULE 
= _core_
.WINDING_RULE
 
 133 TOOL_TOP 
= _core_
.TOOL_TOP
 
 134 TOOL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.TOOL_BOTTOM
 
 135 TOOL_LEFT 
= _core_
.TOOL_LEFT
 
 136 TOOL_RIGHT 
= _core_
.TOOL_RIGHT
 
 138 YES_NO 
= _core_
.YES_NO
 
 139 CANCEL 
= _core_
.CANCEL
 
 142 NO_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.NO_DEFAULT
 
 143 YES_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.YES_DEFAULT
 
 144 ICON_EXCLAMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 
 145 ICON_HAND 
= _core_
.ICON_HAND
 
 146 ICON_QUESTION 
= _core_
.ICON_QUESTION
 
 147 ICON_INFORMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_INFORMATION
 
 148 ICON_STOP 
= _core_
.ICON_STOP
 
 149 ICON_ASTERISK 
= _core_
.ICON_ASTERISK
 
 150 ICON_MASK 
= _core_
.ICON_MASK
 
 151 ICON_WARNING 
= _core_
.ICON_WARNING
 
 152 ICON_ERROR 
= _core_
.ICON_ERROR
 
 153 FORWARD 
= _core_
.FORWARD
 
 154 BACKWARD 
= _core_
.BACKWARD
 
 159 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 
 160 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 
 161 SIZE_AUTO 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO
 
 162 SIZE_USE_EXISTING 
= _core_
.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 
 163 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 
= _core_
.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 
 164 SIZE_FORCE 
= _core_
.SIZE_FORCE
 
 165 PORTRAIT 
= _core_
.PORTRAIT
 
 166 LANDSCAPE 
= _core_
.LANDSCAPE
 
 167 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 
 168 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 
 169 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 
 170 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 
 171 ID_ANY 
= _core_
.ID_ANY
 
 172 ID_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ID_SEPARATOR
 
 173 ID_NONE 
= _core_
.ID_NONE
 
 174 ID_LOWEST 
= _core_
.ID_LOWEST
 
 175 ID_OPEN 
= _core_
.ID_OPEN
 
 176 ID_CLOSE 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE
 
 177 ID_NEW 
= _core_
.ID_NEW
 
 178 ID_SAVE 
= _core_
.ID_SAVE
 
 179 ID_SAVEAS 
= _core_
.ID_SAVEAS
 
 180 ID_REVERT 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT
 
 181 ID_EXIT 
= _core_
.ID_EXIT
 
 182 ID_UNDO 
= _core_
.ID_UNDO
 
 183 ID_REDO 
= _core_
.ID_REDO
 
 184 ID_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_HELP
 
 185 ID_PRINT 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT
 
 186 ID_PRINT_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 
 187 ID_PREVIEW 
= _core_
.ID_PREVIEW
 
 188 ID_ABOUT 
= _core_
.ID_ABOUT
 
 189 ID_HELP_CONTENTS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 
 190 ID_HELP_COMMANDS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 
 191 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 
 192 ID_HELP_CONTEXT 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 
 193 ID_CLOSE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 
 194 ID_PREFERENCES 
= _core_
.ID_PREFERENCES
 
 195 ID_CUT 
= _core_
.ID_CUT
 
 196 ID_COPY 
= _core_
.ID_COPY
 
 197 ID_PASTE 
= _core_
.ID_PASTE
 
 198 ID_CLEAR 
= _core_
.ID_CLEAR
 
 199 ID_FIND 
= _core_
.ID_FIND
 
 200 ID_DUPLICATE 
= _core_
.ID_DUPLICATE
 
 201 ID_SELECTALL 
= _core_
.ID_SELECTALL
 
 202 ID_DELETE 
= _core_
.ID_DELETE
 
 203 ID_REPLACE 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE
 
 204 ID_REPLACE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 
 205 ID_PROPERTIES 
= _core_
.ID_PROPERTIES
 
 206 ID_VIEW_DETAILS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 
 207 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 
 208 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 
 209 ID_VIEW_LIST 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LIST
 
 210 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 
 211 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 
 212 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 
 213 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 
 214 ID_FILE1 
= _core_
.ID_FILE1
 
 215 ID_FILE2 
= _core_
.ID_FILE2
 
 216 ID_FILE3 
= _core_
.ID_FILE3
 
 217 ID_FILE4 
= _core_
.ID_FILE4
 
 218 ID_FILE5 
= _core_
.ID_FILE5
 
 219 ID_FILE6 
= _core_
.ID_FILE6
 
 220 ID_FILE7 
= _core_
.ID_FILE7
 
 221 ID_FILE8 
= _core_
.ID_FILE8
 
 222 ID_FILE9 
= _core_
.ID_FILE9
 
 224 ID_CANCEL 
= _core_
.ID_CANCEL
 
 225 ID_APPLY 
= _core_
.ID_APPLY
 
 226 ID_YES 
= _core_
.ID_YES
 
 228 ID_STATIC 
= _core_
.ID_STATIC
 
 229 ID_FORWARD 
= _core_
.ID_FORWARD
 
 230 ID_BACKWARD 
= _core_
.ID_BACKWARD
 
 231 ID_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.ID_DEFAULT
 
 232 ID_MORE 
= _core_
.ID_MORE
 
 233 ID_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_SETUP
 
 234 ID_RESET 
= _core_
.ID_RESET
 
 235 ID_CONTEXT_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 
 236 ID_YESTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_YESTOALL
 
 237 ID_NOTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_NOTOALL
 
 238 ID_ABORT 
= _core_
.ID_ABORT
 
 239 ID_RETRY 
= _core_
.ID_RETRY
 
 240 ID_IGNORE 
= _core_
.ID_IGNORE
 
 241 ID_ADD 
= _core_
.ID_ADD
 
 242 ID_REMOVE 
= _core_
.ID_REMOVE
 
 244 ID_DOWN 
= _core_
.ID_DOWN
 
 245 ID_HOME 
= _core_
.ID_HOME
 
 246 ID_REFRESH 
= _core_
.ID_REFRESH
 
 247 ID_STOP 
= _core_
.ID_STOP
 
 248 ID_INDEX 
= _core_
.ID_INDEX
 
 249 ID_BOLD 
= _core_
.ID_BOLD
 
 250 ID_ITALIC 
= _core_
.ID_ITALIC
 
 251 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 
 252 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 
 253 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 
 254 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 
 255 ID_UNDERLINE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDERLINE
 
 256 ID_INDENT 
= _core_
.ID_INDENT
 
 257 ID_UNINDENT 
= _core_
.ID_UNINDENT
 
 258 ID_ZOOM_100 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_100
 
 259 ID_ZOOM_FIT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 
 260 ID_ZOOM_IN 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_IN
 
 261 ID_ZOOM_OUT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 
 262 ID_UNDELETE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDELETE
 
 263 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 
 264 ID_HIGHEST 
= _core_
.ID_HIGHEST
 
 267 HIDE_READONLY 
= _core_
.HIDE_READONLY
 
 268 OVERWRITE_PROMPT 
= _core_
.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 
 269 FILE_MUST_EXIST 
= _core_
.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 
 270 MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.MULTIPLE
 
 271 CHANGE_DIR 
= _core_
.CHANGE_DIR
 
 272 ACCEL_ALT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_ALT
 
 273 ACCEL_CTRL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_CTRL
 
 274 ACCEL_SHIFT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_SHIFT
 
 275 ACCEL_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_NORMAL
 
 276 PD_AUTO_HIDE 
= _core_
.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 
 277 PD_APP_MODAL 
= _core_
.PD_APP_MODAL
 
 278 PD_CAN_ABORT 
= _core_
.PD_CAN_ABORT
 
 279 PD_ELAPSED_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 
 280 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 
 281 PD_REMAINING_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 
 282 PD_SMOOTH 
= _core_
.PD_SMOOTH
 
 283 PD_CAN_SKIP 
= _core_
.PD_CAN_SKIP
 
 284 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON 
= _core_
.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 
 285 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE 
= _core_
.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 
 286 MENU_TEAROFF 
= _core_
.MENU_TEAROFF
 
 287 MB_DOCKABLE 
= _core_
.MB_DOCKABLE
 
 288 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 289 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 290 LI_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.LI_HORIZONTAL
 
 291 LI_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.LI_VERTICAL
 
 292 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 
= _core_
.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 
 293 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 
= _core_
.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 
 294 WS_EX_TRANSIENT 
= _core_
.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 
 295 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 
 296 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 
 298 MM_TEXT 
= _core_
.MM_TEXT
 
 299 MM_LOMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_LOMETRIC
 
 300 MM_HIMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_HIMETRIC
 
 301 MM_LOENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_LOENGLISH
 
 302 MM_HIENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_HIENGLISH
 
 303 MM_TWIPS 
= _core_
.MM_TWIPS
 
 304 MM_ISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ISOTROPIC
 
 305 MM_ANISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 
 306 MM_POINTS 
= _core_
.MM_POINTS
 
 307 MM_METRIC 
= _core_
.MM_METRIC
 
 308 CENTRE 
= _core_
.CENTRE
 
 309 CENTER 
= _core_
.CENTER
 
 310 HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL
 
 311 VERTICAL 
= _core_
.VERTICAL
 
 318 BOTTOM 
= _core_
.BOTTOM
 
 324 ALIGN_NOT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_NOT
 
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 
 327 ALIGN_LEFT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_LEFT
 
 328 ALIGN_TOP 
= _core_
.ALIGN_TOP
 
 329 ALIGN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_RIGHT
 
 330 ALIGN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 
 331 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 
 332 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 
 333 ALIGN_CENTER 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER
 
 334 ALIGN_CENTRE 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE
 
 335 ALIGN_MASK 
= _core_
.ALIGN_MASK
 
 336 STRETCH_NOT 
= _core_
.STRETCH_NOT
 
 337 SHRINK 
= _core_
.SHRINK
 
 339 EXPAND 
= _core_
.EXPAND
 
 340 SHAPED 
= _core_
.SHAPED
 
 341 FIXED_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.FIXED_MINSIZE
 
 343 ADJUST_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 
 344 BORDER_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.BORDER_DEFAULT
 
 345 BORDER_NONE 
= _core_
.BORDER_NONE
 
 346 BORDER_STATIC 
= _core_
.BORDER_STATIC
 
 347 BORDER_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_SIMPLE
 
 348 BORDER_RAISED 
= _core_
.BORDER_RAISED
 
 349 BORDER_SUNKEN 
= _core_
.BORDER_SUNKEN
 
 350 BORDER_DOUBLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_DOUBLE
 
 351 BORDER_MASK 
= _core_
.BORDER_MASK
 
 352 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 
 353 BG_STYLE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 
 354 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 
 355 DEFAULT 
= _core_
.DEFAULT
 
 356 DECORATIVE 
= _core_
.DECORATIVE
 
 358 SCRIPT 
= _core_
.SCRIPT
 
 360 MODERN 
= _core_
.MODERN
 
 361 TELETYPE 
= _core_
.TELETYPE
 
 362 VARIABLE 
= _core_
.VARIABLE
 
 364 NORMAL 
= _core_
.NORMAL
 
 367 ITALIC 
= _core_
.ITALIC
 
 371 LONG_DASH 
= _core_
.LONG_DASH
 
 372 SHORT_DASH 
= _core_
.SHORT_DASH
 
 373 DOT_DASH 
= _core_
.DOT_DASH
 
 374 USER_DASH 
= _core_
.USER_DASH
 
 375 TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT
 
 376 STIPPLE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE
 
 377 STIPPLE_MASK 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK
 
 378 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 
 379 BDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 380 CROSSDIAG_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 
 381 FDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 382 CROSS_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSS_HATCH
 
 383 HORIZONTAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 
 384 VERTICAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.VERTICAL_HATCH
 
 385 JOIN_BEVEL 
= _core_
.JOIN_BEVEL
 
 386 JOIN_MITER 
= _core_
.JOIN_MITER
 
 387 JOIN_ROUND 
= _core_
.JOIN_ROUND
 
 388 CAP_ROUND 
= _core_
.CAP_ROUND
 
 389 CAP_PROJECTING 
= _core_
.CAP_PROJECTING
 
 390 CAP_BUTT 
= _core_
.CAP_BUTT
 
 393 INVERT 
= _core_
.INVERT
 
 394 OR_REVERSE 
= _core_
.OR_REVERSE
 
 395 AND_REVERSE 
= _core_
.AND_REVERSE
 
 398 AND_INVERT 
= _core_
.AND_INVERT
 
 402 SRC_INVERT 
= _core_
.SRC_INVERT
 
 403 OR_INVERT 
= _core_
.OR_INVERT
 
 407 WXK_BACK 
= _core_
.WXK_BACK
 
 408 WXK_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_TAB
 
 409 WXK_RETURN 
= _core_
.WXK_RETURN
 
 410 WXK_ESCAPE 
= _core_
.WXK_ESCAPE
 
 411 WXK_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_SPACE
 
 412 WXK_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_DELETE
 
 413 WXK_START 
= _core_
.WXK_START
 
 414 WXK_LBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_LBUTTON
 
 415 WXK_RBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_RBUTTON
 
 416 WXK_CANCEL 
= _core_
.WXK_CANCEL
 
 417 WXK_MBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_MBUTTON
 
 418 WXK_CLEAR 
= _core_
.WXK_CLEAR
 
 419 WXK_SHIFT 
= _core_
.WXK_SHIFT
 
 420 WXK_ALT 
= _core_
.WXK_ALT
 
 421 WXK_CONTROL 
= _core_
.WXK_CONTROL
 
 422 WXK_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_MENU
 
 423 WXK_PAUSE 
= _core_
.WXK_PAUSE
 
 424 WXK_CAPITAL 
= _core_
.WXK_CAPITAL
 
 425 WXK_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_PRIOR
 
 426 WXK_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NEXT
 
 427 WXK_END 
= _core_
.WXK_END
 
 428 WXK_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_HOME
 
 429 WXK_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_LEFT
 
 430 WXK_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_UP
 
 431 WXK_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_RIGHT
 
 432 WXK_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_DOWN
 
 433 WXK_SELECT 
= _core_
.WXK_SELECT
 
 434 WXK_PRINT 
= _core_
.WXK_PRINT
 
 435 WXK_EXECUTE 
= _core_
.WXK_EXECUTE
 
 436 WXK_SNAPSHOT 
= _core_
.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 
 437 WXK_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_INSERT
 
 438 WXK_HELP 
= _core_
.WXK_HELP
 
 439 WXK_NUMPAD0 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD0
 
 440 WXK_NUMPAD1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD1
 
 441 WXK_NUMPAD2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD2
 
 442 WXK_NUMPAD3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD3
 
 443 WXK_NUMPAD4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD4
 
 444 WXK_NUMPAD5 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD5
 
 445 WXK_NUMPAD6 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD6
 
 446 WXK_NUMPAD7 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD7
 
 447 WXK_NUMPAD8 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD8
 
 448 WXK_NUMPAD9 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD9
 
 449 WXK_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_MULTIPLY
 
 450 WXK_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_ADD
 
 451 WXK_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_SEPARATOR
 
 452 WXK_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_SUBTRACT
 
 453 WXK_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_DECIMAL
 
 454 WXK_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_DIVIDE
 
 455 WXK_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_F1
 
 456 WXK_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_F2
 
 457 WXK_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_F3
 
 458 WXK_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_F4
 
 459 WXK_F5 
= _core_
.WXK_F5
 
 460 WXK_F6 
= _core_
.WXK_F6
 
 461 WXK_F7 
= _core_
.WXK_F7
 
 462 WXK_F8 
= _core_
.WXK_F8
 
 463 WXK_F9 
= _core_
.WXK_F9
 
 464 WXK_F10 
= _core_
.WXK_F10
 
 465 WXK_F11 
= _core_
.WXK_F11
 
 466 WXK_F12 
= _core_
.WXK_F12
 
 467 WXK_F13 
= _core_
.WXK_F13
 
 468 WXK_F14 
= _core_
.WXK_F14
 
 469 WXK_F15 
= _core_
.WXK_F15
 
 470 WXK_F16 
= _core_
.WXK_F16
 
 471 WXK_F17 
= _core_
.WXK_F17
 
 472 WXK_F18 
= _core_
.WXK_F18
 
 473 WXK_F19 
= _core_
.WXK_F19
 
 474 WXK_F20 
= _core_
.WXK_F20
 
 475 WXK_F21 
= _core_
.WXK_F21
 
 476 WXK_F22 
= _core_
.WXK_F22
 
 477 WXK_F23 
= _core_
.WXK_F23
 
 478 WXK_F24 
= _core_
.WXK_F24
 
 479 WXK_NUMLOCK 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMLOCK
 
 480 WXK_SCROLL 
= _core_
.WXK_SCROLL
 
 481 WXK_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEUP
 
 482 WXK_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_END 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 
 510 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 
 513 WXK_COMMAND 
= _core_
.WXK_COMMAND
 
 514 WXK_SPECIAL1 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL1
 
 515 WXK_SPECIAL2 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL2
 
 516 WXK_SPECIAL3 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL3
 
 517 WXK_SPECIAL4 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL4
 
 518 WXK_SPECIAL5 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL5
 
 519 WXK_SPECIAL6 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL6
 
 520 WXK_SPECIAL7 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL7
 
 521 WXK_SPECIAL8 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL8
 
 522 WXK_SPECIAL9 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL9
 
 523 WXK_SPECIAL10 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL10
 
 524 WXK_SPECIAL11 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL11
 
 525 WXK_SPECIAL12 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL12
 
 526 WXK_SPECIAL13 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL13
 
 527 WXK_SPECIAL14 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL14
 
 528 WXK_SPECIAL15 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL15
 
 529 WXK_SPECIAL16 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL16
 
 530 WXK_SPECIAL17 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL17
 
 531 WXK_SPECIAL18 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL18
 
 532 WXK_SPECIAL19 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL19
 
 533 WXK_SPECIAL20 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL20
 
 534 PAPER_NONE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NONE
 
 535 PAPER_LETTER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER
 
 536 PAPER_LEGAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL
 
 537 PAPER_A4 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4
 
 538 PAPER_CSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_CSHEET
 
 539 PAPER_DSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_DSHEET
 
 540 PAPER_ESHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_ESHEET
 
 541 PAPER_LETTERSMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 
 542 PAPER_TABLOID 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID
 
 543 PAPER_LEDGER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEDGER
 
 544 PAPER_STATEMENT 
= _core_
.PAPER_STATEMENT
 
 545 PAPER_EXECUTIVE 
= _core_
.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 
 546 PAPER_A3 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3
 
 547 PAPER_A4SMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4SMALL
 
 548 PAPER_A5 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5
 
 549 PAPER_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4
 
 550 PAPER_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5
 
 551 PAPER_FOLIO 
= _core_
.PAPER_FOLIO
 
 552 PAPER_QUARTO 
= _core_
.PAPER_QUARTO
 
 553 PAPER_10X14 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X14
 
 554 PAPER_11X17 
= _core_
.PAPER_11X17
 
 555 PAPER_NOTE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NOTE
 
 556 PAPER_ENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_9
 
 557 PAPER_ENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_10
 
 558 PAPER_ENV_11 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_11
 
 559 PAPER_ENV_12 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_12
 
 560 PAPER_ENV_14 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_14
 
 561 PAPER_ENV_DL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_DL
 
 562 PAPER_ENV_C5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C5
 
 563 PAPER_ENV_C3 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C3
 
 564 PAPER_ENV_C4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C4
 
 565 PAPER_ENV_C6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C6
 
 566 PAPER_ENV_C65 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C65
 
 567 PAPER_ENV_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B4
 
 568 PAPER_ENV_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B5
 
 569 PAPER_ENV_B6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B6
 
 570 PAPER_ENV_ITALY 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 
 571 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 
 572 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 
 573 PAPER_FANFOLD_US 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 
 576 PAPER_ISO_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ISO_B4
 
 577 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 578 PAPER_9X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_9X11
 
 579 PAPER_10X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X11
 
 580 PAPER_15X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_15X11
 
 581 PAPER_ENV_INVITE 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 
 583 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 
 584 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 
 585 PAPER_A4_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 
 586 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 
 587 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 
 588 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 589 PAPER_A_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A_PLUS
 
 590 PAPER_B_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B_PLUS
 
 591 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 
 592 PAPER_A4_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 
 593 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 
 594 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 
 595 PAPER_A3_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 
 596 PAPER_A5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 
 597 PAPER_B5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 
 598 PAPER_A2 
= _core_
.PAPER_A2
 
 599 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 
 600 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 601 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 602 PAPER_A6 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6
 
 603 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 
 605 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 
 607 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 
 608 PAPER_A3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 
 609 PAPER_A4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 
 610 PAPER_A5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 
 611 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 
 612 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 
 613 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 614 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 615 PAPER_A6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 
 616 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 
 618 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 
 620 PAPER_B6_JIS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS
 
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 
 622 PAPER_12X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_12X11
 
 623 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 
 625 PAPER_P16K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K
 
 626 PAPER_P32K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K
 
 627 PAPER_P32KBIG 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG
 
 628 PAPER_PENV_1 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1
 
 629 PAPER_PENV_2 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2
 
 630 PAPER_PENV_3 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3
 
 631 PAPER_PENV_4 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4
 
 632 PAPER_PENV_5 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5
 
 633 PAPER_PENV_6 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6
 
 634 PAPER_PENV_7 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7
 
 635 PAPER_PENV_8 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8
 
 636 PAPER_PENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9
 
 637 PAPER_PENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10
 
 638 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 
 639 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 
 640 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 
 641 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 
 642 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 
 643 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 
 644 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 
 645 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 
 646 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 
 647 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 
 648 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 
 649 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 
 650 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 
 651 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 
 652 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 
 653 DUPLEX_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 
 654 ITEM_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 
 655 ITEM_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ITEM_NORMAL
 
 656 ITEM_CHECK 
= _core_
.ITEM_CHECK
 
 657 ITEM_RADIO 
= _core_
.ITEM_RADIO
 
 658 ITEM_MAX 
= _core_
.ITEM_MAX
 
 659 HT_NOWHERE 
= _core_
.HT_NOWHERE
 
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 
 669 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 
 670 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 
 671 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 
 672 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 
 673 HT_WINDOW_CORNER 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 
 674 HT_MAX 
= _core_
.HT_MAX
 
 675 MOD_NONE 
= _core_
.MOD_NONE
 
 676 MOD_ALT 
= _core_
.MOD_ALT
 
 677 MOD_CONTROL 
= _core_
.MOD_CONTROL
 
 678 MOD_ALTGR 
= _core_
.MOD_ALTGR
 
 679 MOD_SHIFT 
= _core_
.MOD_SHIFT
 
 680 MOD_META 
= _core_
.MOD_META
 
 681 MOD_WIN 
= _core_
.MOD_WIN
 
 682 MOD_CMD 
= _core_
.MOD_CMD
 
 683 MOD_ALL 
= _core_
.MOD_ALL
 
 684 UPDATE_UI_NONE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 
 685 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 
 686 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 
 687 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 689 class Object(object): 
 691     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not 
 692     much functionality is needed nor exposed. 
 694     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
 696         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxObject instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 697     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 699         GetClassName(self) -> String 
 701         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI. 
 703         return _core_
.Object_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 705     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 709         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
 711         return _core_
.Object_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 714 class ObjectPtr(Object
): 
 715     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 717         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 718         self
.__class
__ = Object
 
 719 _core_
.Object_swigregister(ObjectPtr
) 
 720 _wxPySetDictionary 
= _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
 
 722 _wxPyFixStockObjects 
= _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
 
 725 EmptyString 
= cvar
.EmptyString
 
 727 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 
 749 CURSOR_NONE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NONE
 
 750 CURSOR_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROW
 
 751 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 
 752 CURSOR_BULLSEYE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 
 753 CURSOR_CHAR 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CHAR
 
 754 CURSOR_CROSS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CROSS
 
 755 CURSOR_HAND 
= _core_
.CURSOR_HAND
 
 756 CURSOR_IBEAM 
= _core_
.CURSOR_IBEAM
 
 757 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 
 758 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 
 759 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 
 760 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 
 761 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 
 762 CURSOR_PENCIL 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PENCIL
 
 763 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 
 764 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 
 765 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 
 766 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 
 767 CURSOR_SIZENESW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 
 768 CURSOR_SIZENS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENS
 
 769 CURSOR_SIZENWSE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 
 770 CURSOR_SIZEWE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 
 771 CURSOR_SIZING 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZING
 
 772 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 
 773 CURSOR_WAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WAIT
 
 774 CURSOR_WATCH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WATCH
 
 775 CURSOR_BLANK 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BLANK
 
 776 CURSOR_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 
 777 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 
 778 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 
 779 CURSOR_MAX 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAX
 
 780 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 784     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of 
 785     something.  It simply contians integer width and height 
 786     proprtites.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is 
 787     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead. 
 790         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 791     width 
= property(_core_
.Size_width_get
, _core_
.Size_width_set
) 
 792     height 
= property(_core_
.Size_height_get
, _core_
.Size_height_set
) 
 793     x 
= width
; y 
= height 
 
 794     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 796         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size 
 798         Creates a size object. 
 800         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 801         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 804     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Size
): 
 807             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 810     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 812         __eq__(self, Size sz) -> bool 
 814         Test for equality of wx.Size objects. 
 816         return _core_
.Size___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 818     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 820         __ne__(self, Size sz) -> bool 
 824         return _core_
.Size___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 826     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 828         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 830         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result. 
 832         return _core_
.Size___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 834     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 836         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 838         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result. 
 840         return _core_
.Size___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 842     def IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 846         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less 
 847         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 849         return _core_
.Size_IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 851     def DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 855         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater 
 856         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 858         return _core_
.Size_DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 860     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 862         Set(self, int w, int h) 
 864         Set both width and height. 
 866         return _core_
.Size_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 868     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 869         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
 870         return _core_
.Size_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 872     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 873         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
 874         return _core_
.Size_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 876     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 877         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
 878         return _core_
.Size_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 880     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 881         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
 882         return _core_
.Size_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 884     def IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 886         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool 
 888         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values. 
 890         return _core_
.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 892     def SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 894         SetDefaults(self, Size size) 
 896         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components 
 897         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other. 
 899         return _core_
.Size_SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 901     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 903         Get() -> (width,height) 
 905         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple. 
 907         return _core_
.Size_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 909     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
 910     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
 911     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self
.Get()) 
 912     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
 913     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
 914     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
 915         if index 
== 0: self
.width 
= val
 
 916         elif index 
== 1: self
.height 
= val
 
 917         else: raise IndexError 
 918     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
 919     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
 920     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Size
, self
.Get()) 
 924     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 926         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 927         self
.__class
__ = Size
 
 928 _core_
.Size_swigregister(SizePtr
) 
 930 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 932 class RealPoint(object): 
 934     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating 
 935     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a 
 936     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
 939         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRealPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 940     x 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_x_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_x_set
) 
 941     y 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_y_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_y_set
) 
 942     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 944         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint 
 946         Create a wx.RealPoint object 
 948         newobj 
= _core_
.new_RealPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 949         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 952     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_RealPoint
): 
 955             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 958     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 960         __eq__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool 
 962         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 964         return _core_
.RealPoint___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 966     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 968         __ne__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool 
 970         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 972         return _core_
.RealPoint___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 974     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 976         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 978         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
 980         return _core_
.RealPoint___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 982     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 984         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 986         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
 988         return _core_
.RealPoint___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 990     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 992         Set(self, double x, double y) 
 994         Set both the x and y properties 
 996         return _core_
.RealPoint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 998     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1002         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1004         return _core_
.RealPoint_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1006     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1007     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1008     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self
.Get()) 
1009     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1010     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1011     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1012         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1013         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1014         else: raise IndexError 
1015     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1016     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1017     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.RealPoint
, self
.Get()) 
1020 class RealPointPtr(RealPoint
): 
1021     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1023         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1024         self
.__class
__ = RealPoint
 
1025 _core_
.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPointPtr
) 
1027 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1029 class Point(object): 
1031     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x 
1032     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can 
1033     also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
1036         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1037     x 
= property(_core_
.Point_x_get
, _core_
.Point_x_set
) 
1038     y 
= property(_core_
.Point_y_get
, _core_
.Point_y_set
) 
1039     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1041         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point 
1043         Create a wx.Point object 
1045         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Point(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1046         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1049     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Point
): 
1052             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1055     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1057         __eq__(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1059         Test for equality of wx.Point objects. 
1061         return _core_
.Point___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1063     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1065         __ne__(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1067         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects. 
1069         return _core_
.Point___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1071     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1073         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1075         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
1077         return _core_
.Point___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1079     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1081         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1083         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
1085         return _core_
.Point___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1087     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1089         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1091         Add pt to this object. 
1093         return _core_
.Point___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1095     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1097         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1099         Subtract pt from this object. 
1101         return _core_
.Point___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1103     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1105         Set(self, long x, long y) 
1107         Set both the x and y properties 
1109         return _core_
.Point_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1111     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1115         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1117         return _core_
.Point_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1119     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1120     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1121     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self
.Get()) 
1122     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1123     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1124     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1125         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1126         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1127         else: raise IndexError 
1128     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
1129     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1130     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point
, self
.Get()) 
1133 class PointPtr(Point
): 
1134     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1136         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1137         self
.__class
__ = Point
 
1138 _core_
.Point_swigregister(PointPtr
) 
1140 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1144     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y, 
1145     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a 
1146     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple. 
1149         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRect instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1150     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1152         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect 
1154         Create a new Rect object. 
1156         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Rect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1157         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1160     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Rect
): 
1163             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1166     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1167         """GetX(self) -> int""" 
1168         return _core_
.Rect_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1170     def SetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1171         """SetX(self, int x)""" 
1172         return _core_
.Rect_SetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1174     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1175         """GetY(self) -> int""" 
1176         return _core_
.Rect_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1178     def SetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1179         """SetY(self, int y)""" 
1180         return _core_
.Rect_SetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1182     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1183         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
1184         return _core_
.Rect_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1186     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1187         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
1188         return _core_
.Rect_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1190     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1191         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
1192         return _core_
.Rect_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1194     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1195         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
1196         return _core_
.Rect_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1198     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1199         """GetPosition(self) -> Point""" 
1200         return _core_
.Rect_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1202     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1203         """SetPosition(self, Point p)""" 
1204         return _core_
.Rect_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1206     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1207         """GetSize(self) -> Size""" 
1208         return _core_
.Rect_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1210     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1211         """SetSize(self, Size s)""" 
1212         return _core_
.Rect_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1214     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1215         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" 
1216         return _core_
.Rect_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1218     def GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1219         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point""" 
1220         return _core_
.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1222     def SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1223         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)""" 
1224         return _core_
.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1226     def GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1227         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point""" 
1228         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1230     def SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1231         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)""" 
1232         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1234     def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1235         """GetLeft(self) -> int""" 
1236         return _core_
.Rect_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1238     def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1239         """GetTop(self) -> int""" 
1240         return _core_
.Rect_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1242     def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1243         """GetBottom(self) -> int""" 
1244         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1246     def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1247         """GetRight(self) -> int""" 
1248         return _core_
.Rect_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1250     def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1251         """SetLeft(self, int left)""" 
1252         return _core_
.Rect_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1254     def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1255         """SetRight(self, int right)""" 
1256         return _core_
.Rect_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1258     def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1259         """SetTop(self, int top)""" 
1260         return _core_
.Rect_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1262     def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1263         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)""" 
1264         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1266     position 
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
1267     size 
= property(GetSize
, SetSize
) 
1268     left 
= property(GetLeft
, SetLeft
) 
1269     right 
= property(GetRight
, SetRight
) 
1270     top 
= property(GetTop
, SetTop
) 
1271     bottom 
= property(GetBottom
, SetBottom
) 
1273     def Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1275         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1277         Increases the size of the rectangle. 
1279         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved 
1280         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the 
1281         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and 
1282         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``, 
1283         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the 
1284         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective 
1287         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a 
1288         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy 
1291             copy = wx.Rect(*original) 
1296         return _core_
.Rect_Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1298     def Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1300         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1302         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate` 
1303         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to 
1304         `Inflate` for a full description. 
1306         return _core_
.Rect_Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1308     def OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1310         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy) 
1312         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the 
1313         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the 
1314         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively. 
1316         return _core_
.Rect_OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1318     def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1320         Offset(self, Point pt) 
1322         Same as OffsetXY but uses dx,dy from Point 
1324         return _core_
.Rect_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1326     def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1328         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1330         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect. 
1332         return _core_
.Rect_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1334     def Union(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1336         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1338         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect. 
1340         return _core_
.Rect_Union(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1342     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1344         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1346         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result. 
1348         return _core_
.Rect___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1350     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1352         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1354         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle. 
1356         return _core_
.Rect___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1358     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1360         __eq__(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1364         return _core_
.Rect___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1366     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1368         __ne__(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1370         Test for inequality. 
1372         return _core_
.Rect___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1374     def InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1376         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool 
1378         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect. 
1380         return _core_
.Rect_InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1382     def Inside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1384         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1386         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect. 
1388         return _core_
.Rect_Inside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1390     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1392         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1394         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection. 
1396         return _core_
.Rect_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1398     x 
= property(_core_
.Rect_x_get
, _core_
.Rect_x_set
) 
1399     y 
= property(_core_
.Rect_y_get
, _core_
.Rect_y_set
) 
1400     width 
= property(_core_
.Rect_width_get
, _core_
.Rect_width_set
) 
1401     height 
= property(_core_
.Rect_height_get
, _core_
.Rect_height_set
) 
1402     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1404         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) 
1406         Set all rectangle properties. 
1408         return _core_
.Rect_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1410     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1412         Get() -> (x,y,width,height) 
1414         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple. 
1416         return _core_
.Rect_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1418     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1419     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1420     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self
.Get()) 
1421     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1422     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1423     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1424         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1425         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1426         elif index 
== 2: self
.width 
= val
 
1427         elif index 
== 3: self
.height 
= val
 
1428         else: raise IndexError 
1429     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0,0,0) 
1430     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1431     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Rect
, self
.Get()) 
1434 class RectPtr(Rect
): 
1435     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1437         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1438         self
.__class
__ = Rect
 
1439 _core_
.Rect_swigregister(RectPtr
) 
1441 def RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1443     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect 
1445     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners. 
1447     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1451 def RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1453     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect 
1455     Create a new Rect from a position and size. 
1457     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1461 def RectS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1463     RectS(Size size) -> Rect 
1465     Create a new Rect from a size only. 
1467     val 
= _core_
.new_RectS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1472 def IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1474     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect 
1476     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2. 
1478     return _core_
.IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1479 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1481 class Point2D(object): 
1483     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system 
1484     with floating point values. 
1487         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint2D instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1488     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1490         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D 
1492         Create a w.Point2D object. 
1494         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Point2D(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1495         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1498     def GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1504         return _core_
.Point2D_GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1506     def GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1508         GetRounded() -> (x,y) 
1512         return _core_
.Point2D_GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1514     def GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1515         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double""" 
1516         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1518     def GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1519         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double""" 
1520         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1522     def SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1523         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)""" 
1524         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1526     def SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1527         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)""" 
1528         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1530     def SetPolarCoordinates(self
, angle
, length
): 
1531         self
.SetVectorLength(length
) 
1532         self
.SetVectorAngle(angle
) 
1533     def Normalize(self
): 
1534         self
.SetVectorLength(1.0) 
1536     def GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1537         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1538         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1540     def GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1541         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1542         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1544     def GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1545         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1546         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1548     def GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1549         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1550         return _core_
.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1552     def __neg__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1554         __neg__(self) -> Point2D 
1556         the reflection of this point 
1558         return _core_
.Point2D___neg__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1560     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1561         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1562         return _core_
.Point2D___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1564     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1565         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1566         return _core_
.Point2D___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1568     def __imul__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1569         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1570         return _core_
.Point2D___imul__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1572     def __idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1573         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1574         return _core_
.Point2D___idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1576     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1578         __eq__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool 
1582         return _core_
.Point2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1584     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1586         __ne__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool 
1590         return _core_
.Point2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1592     x 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_x_get
, _core_
.Point2D_x_set
) 
1593     y 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_y_get
, _core_
.Point2D_y_set
) 
1594     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1595         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)""" 
1596         return _core_
.Point2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1598     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1602         Return x and y properties as a tuple. 
1604         return _core_
.Point2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1606     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1607     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1608     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self
.Get()) 
1609     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1610     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1611     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1612         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1613         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1614         else: raise IndexError 
1615     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1616     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1617     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point2D
, self
.Get()) 
1620 class Point2DPtr(Point2D
): 
1621     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1623         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1624         self
.__class
__ = Point2D
 
1625 _core_
.Point2D_swigregister(Point2DPtr
) 
1627 def Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1629     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D 
1631     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1633     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1637 def Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1639     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D 
1641     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1643     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1647 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1649 FromStart 
= _core_
.FromStart
 
1650 FromCurrent 
= _core_
.FromCurrent
 
1651 FromEnd 
= _core_
.FromEnd
 
1652 class InputStream(object): 
1653     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class""" 
1655         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyInputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1656     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1657         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream""" 
1658         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InputStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1659         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1662     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_InputStream
): 
1665             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1668     def close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1670         return _core_
.InputStream_close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1672     def flush(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1674         return _core_
.InputStream_flush(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1676     def eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1677         """eof(self) -> bool""" 
1678         return _core_
.InputStream_eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1680     def read(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1681         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1682         return _core_
.InputStream_read(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1684     def readline(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1685         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1686         return _core_
.InputStream_readline(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1688     def readlines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1689         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1690         return _core_
.InputStream_readlines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1692     def seek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1693         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)""" 
1694         return _core_
.InputStream_seek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1696     def tell(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1697         """tell(self) -> int""" 
1698         return _core_
.InputStream_tell(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1700     def Peek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1701         """Peek(self) -> char""" 
1702         return _core_
.InputStream_Peek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1704     def GetC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1705         """GetC(self) -> char""" 
1706         return _core_
.InputStream_GetC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1708     def LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1709         """LastRead(self) -> size_t""" 
1710         return _core_
.InputStream_LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1712     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1713         """CanRead(self) -> bool""" 
1714         return _core_
.InputStream_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1716     def Eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1717         """Eof(self) -> bool""" 
1718         return _core_
.InputStream_Eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1720     def Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1721         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool""" 
1722         return _core_
.InputStream_Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1724     def SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1725         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long""" 
1726         return _core_
.InputStream_SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1728     def TellI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1729         """TellI(self) -> long""" 
1730         return _core_
.InputStream_TellI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1733 class InputStreamPtr(InputStream
): 
1734     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1736         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1737         self
.__class
__ = InputStream
 
1738 _core_
.InputStream_swigregister(InputStreamPtr
) 
1739 DefaultPosition 
= cvar
.DefaultPosition
 
1740 DefaultSize 
= cvar
.DefaultSize
 
1742 class OutputStream(object): 
1743     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class""" 
1744     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
1746         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxOutputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1747     def write(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1748         """write(self, PyObject obj)""" 
1749         return _core_
.OutputStream_write(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1752 class OutputStreamPtr(OutputStream
): 
1753     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1755         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1756         self
.__class
__ = OutputStream
 
1757 _core_
.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStreamPtr
) 
1759 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1761 class FSFile(Object
): 
1762     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class""" 
1764         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFSFile instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1765     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1767         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,  
1768             DateTime modif) -> FSFile 
1770         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FSFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1771         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1774         self
.thisown 
= 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem 
1776     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FSFile
): 
1779             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1782     def GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1783         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream""" 
1784         return _core_
.FSFile_GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1786     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1787         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
1788         return _core_
.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1790     def GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1791         """GetLocation(self) -> String""" 
1792         return _core_
.FSFile_GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1794     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1795         """GetAnchor(self) -> String""" 
1796         return _core_
.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1798     def GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1799         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime""" 
1800         return _core_
.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1803 class FSFilePtr(FSFile
): 
1804     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1806         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1807         self
.__class
__ = FSFile
 
1808 _core_
.FSFile_swigregister(FSFilePtr
) 
1810 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object): 
1811     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class""" 
1812     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
1814         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1816 class CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1817     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1819         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1820         self
.__class
__ = CPPFileSystemHandler
 
1821 _core_
.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr
) 
1823 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1824     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class""" 
1826         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1827     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1828         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler""" 
1829         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FileSystemHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1830         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1833         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, FileSystemHandler
) 
1835     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1836         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
1837         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1839     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1840         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1841         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1843     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1844         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1845         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1847     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1848         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1849         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1851     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1852         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1853         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1855     def GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1856         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String""" 
1857         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1859     def GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1860         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
1861         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1863     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1864         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String""" 
1865         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1867     def GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1868         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
1869         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1871     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1872         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String""" 
1873         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1876 class FileSystemHandlerPtr(FileSystemHandler
): 
1877     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1879         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1880         self
.__class
__ = FileSystemHandler
 
1881 _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandlerPtr
) 
1883 class FileSystem(Object
): 
1884     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class""" 
1886         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1887     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1888         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem""" 
1889         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FileSystem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1890         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1893     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FileSystem
): 
1896             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1899     def ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1900         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)""" 
1901         return _core_
.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1903     def GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1904         """GetPath(self) -> String""" 
1905         return _core_
.FileSystem_GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1907     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1908         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1909         return _core_
.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1911     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1912         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1913         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1915     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1916         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1917         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1919     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1920         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
1921         return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1923     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
1924     def CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1925         """CleanUpHandlers()""" 
1926         return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1928     CleanUpHandlers 
= staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers
) 
1929     def FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1930         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
1931         return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1933     FileNameToURL 
= staticmethod(FileNameToURL
) 
1934     def URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1935         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
1936         return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1938     URLToFileName 
= staticmethod(URLToFileName
) 
1940 class FileSystemPtr(FileSystem
): 
1941     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1943         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1944         self
.__class
__ = FileSystem
 
1945 _core_
.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystemPtr
) 
1947 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1948     """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
1949     return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1951 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1952     """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()""" 
1953     return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1955 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1956     """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
1957     return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1959 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1960     """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
1961     return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1963 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1964     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class""" 
1966         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInternetFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1967     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1968         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler""" 
1969         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InternetFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1970         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1973     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1974         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1975         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1977     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1978         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1979         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1982 class InternetFSHandlerPtr(InternetFSHandler
): 
1983     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1985         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1986         self
.__class
__ = InternetFSHandler
 
1987 _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandlerPtr
) 
1989 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1990     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class""" 
1992         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxZipFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1993     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1994         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler""" 
1995         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ZipFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1996         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1999     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2000         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2001         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2003     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2004         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2005         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2007     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2008         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2009         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2011     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2012         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2013         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2016 class ZipFSHandlerPtr(ZipFSHandler
): 
2017     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2019         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2020         self
.__class
__ = ZipFSHandler
 
2021 _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandlerPtr
) 
2024 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2025     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)""" 
2026     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxImage
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2028 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2029     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)""" 
2030     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxBitmap
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2032 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2033     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)""" 
2034     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_Data
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2035 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
=-1): 
2037     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can 
2038     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain 
2039     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType 
2040     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be 
2041     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc. 
2043     if isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Image
): 
2044         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2045     elif isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Bitmap
): 
2046         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2047     elif type(dataItem
) == str: 
2048         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename
, dataItem
) 
2050         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected' 
2052 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2053     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class""" 
2055         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMemoryFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2056     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2057         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler""" 
2058         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2059         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2062     def RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2063         """RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2064         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2066     RemoveFile 
= staticmethod(RemoveFile
) 
2067     AddFile 
= staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile
)  
2068     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2069         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2070         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2072     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2073         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2074         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2076     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2077         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2078         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2080     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2081         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2082         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2085 class MemoryFSHandlerPtr(MemoryFSHandler
): 
2086     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2088         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2089         self
.__class
__ = MemoryFSHandler
 
2090 _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandlerPtr
) 
2092 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2093     """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2094     return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2096 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
 
2097 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
 
2098 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
 
2099 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
2101 class ImageHandler(Object
): 
2103     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2104     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not 
2105     normally seen by the application. 
2107     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
2109         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2110     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2111         """GetName(self) -> String""" 
2112         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2114     def GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2115         """GetExtension(self) -> String""" 
2116         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2118     def GetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2119         """GetType(self) -> long""" 
2120         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2122     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2123         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
2124         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2126     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2127         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool""" 
2128         return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2130     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2131         """SetName(self, String name)""" 
2132         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2134     def SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2135         """SetExtension(self, String extension)""" 
2136         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2138     def SetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2139         """SetType(self, long type)""" 
2140         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2142     def SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2143         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)""" 
2144         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2147 class ImageHandlerPtr(ImageHandler
): 
2148     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2150         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2151         self
.__class
__ = ImageHandler
 
2152 _core_
.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandlerPtr
) 
2154 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler
): 
2156     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2157     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom 
2158     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide 
2159     the following methods:: 
2161         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool 
2162             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' 
2164         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool 
2165             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' 
2167         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool 
2168             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using 
2169                this handler's image file format.''' 
2171         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int 
2172             '''If this image format can hold more than one image, 
2173                how many does the image on the stream have?''' 
2175     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to 
2176     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and 
2177     `SetExtension` from your constructor. 
2181         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2182     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2184         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler 
2186         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2187         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom 
2188         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide 
2189         the following methods:: 
2191             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool 
2192                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' 
2194             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool 
2195                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' 
2197             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool 
2198                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using 
2199                    this handler's image file format.''' 
2201             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int 
2202                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image, 
2203                    how many does the image on the stream have?''' 
2205         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to 
2206         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and 
2207         `SetExtension` from your constructor. 
2210         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyImageHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2211         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2216     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2217         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
2218         return _core_
.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2221 class PyImageHandlerPtr(PyImageHandler
): 
2222     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2224         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2225         self
.__class
__ = PyImageHandler
 
2226 _core_
.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandlerPtr
) 
2228 class ImageHistogram(object): 
2229     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class""" 
2231         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHistogram instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2232     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2233         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram""" 
2234         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ImageHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2235         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2238     def MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2240         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2242         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2244         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2246     MakeKey 
= staticmethod(MakeKey
) 
2247     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2249         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2251         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2252         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2253         success flag and rgb values. 
2255         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2257     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2259         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long 
2261         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a 
2262         key value from a RGB tripple. 
2264         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2266     def GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2268         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2270         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values. 
2272         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2274     def GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2276         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long 
2278         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value. 
2280         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2283 class ImageHistogramPtr(ImageHistogram
): 
2284     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2286         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2287         self
.__class
__ = ImageHistogram
 
2288 _core_
.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogramPtr
) 
2290 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2292     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2294     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2296     return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2298 class Image_RGBValue(object): 
2300     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent 
2301     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and 
2302     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB 
2306         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage_RGBValue instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2307     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2309         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue 
2313         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Image_RGBValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2314         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2317     red 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_set
) 
2318     green 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_set
) 
2319     blue 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_set
) 
2321 class Image_RGBValuePtr(Image_RGBValue
): 
2322     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2324         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2325         self
.__class
__ = Image_RGBValue
 
2326 _core_
.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValuePtr
) 
2328 class Image_HSVValue(object): 
2330     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which 
2331     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and 
2332     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB 
2336         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage_HSVValue instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2337     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2339         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue 
2343         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Image_HSVValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2344         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2347     hue 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_set
) 
2348     saturation 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set
) 
2349     value 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_set
) 
2351 class Image_HSVValuePtr(Image_HSVValue
): 
2352     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2354         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2355         self
.__class
__ = Image_HSVValue
 
2356 _core_
.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValuePtr
) 
2358 class Image(Object
): 
2360     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from 
2361     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a 
2362     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image 
2363     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation. 
2365     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a 
2366     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the 
2367     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a 
2368     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`. 
2370     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will 
2371     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the 
2374     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte 
2375     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also 
2376     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0 
2377     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255 
2378     means that the pixel is 100% opaque. 
2380     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using 
2381     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel 
2382     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files 
2383     with transparency information will have an alpha channel. 
2386         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2387     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2389         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
2391         Loads an image from a file. 
2393         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Image(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2394         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2397     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Image
): 
2400             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
2403     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2405         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True) 
2407         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be 
2408         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized. 
2410         return _core_
.Image_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2412     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2416         Destroys the image data. 
2418         return _core_
.Image_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2420     def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2422         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image 
2424         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling 
2425         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a 
2426         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`. 
2428         return _core_
.Image_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2430     def ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2432         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image 
2434         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors. 
2436         return _core_
.Image_ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2438     def Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2440         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image 
2442         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to 
2443         this function, the image will have the given width and height. 
2445         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2447         return _core_
.Image_Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2449     def Resize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2451         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2453         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding 
2454         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2455         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2456         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new 
2457         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2458         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2459         newly exposed areas. 
2461         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2463         return _core_
.Image_Resize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2465     def SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2467         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2469         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs 
2470         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to 
2471         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that 
2472         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to 
2473         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method. 
2475         return _core_
.Image_SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2477     def SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2479         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2481         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine 
2482         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a 
2483         safe way to manipulate the data. 
2485         return _core_
.Image_SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2487     def GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2489         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2491         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate. 
2493         return _core_
.Image_GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2495     def GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2497         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2499         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate. 
2501         return _core_
.Image_GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2503     def GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2505         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2507         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate. 
2509         return _core_
.Image_GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2511     def SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2513         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha) 
2515         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be 
2516         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check 
2519         return _core_
.Image_SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2521     def GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2523         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2525         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be 
2526         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for 
2529         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0 
2530         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to 
2531         the fully opaque pixels. 
2533         return _core_
.Image_GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2535     def HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2537         HasAlpha(self) -> bool 
2539         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise. 
2541         return _core_
.Image_HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2543     def InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2547         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if 
2548         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by 
2549         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image 
2550         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent. 
2552         return _core_
.Image_InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2554     def IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2556         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2558         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less 
2559         than the spcified threshold. 
2561         return _core_
.Image_IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2563     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2565         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2567         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2568         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2569         success flag and rgb values. 
2571         return _core_
.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2573     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2575         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2577         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All 
2578         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the 
2579         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is 
2580         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`. 
2582         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does 
2585         return _core_
.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2587     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2589         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool 
2591         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is 
2592         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey) 
2593         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC 
2594         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although 
2595         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This 
2596         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text. 
2597         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given. 
2599         return _core_
.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2601     def SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2603         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool 
2605         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of 
2606         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done 
2607         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as 
2608         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the 
2609         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value. 
2611         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the 
2612         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the 
2613         mask was successfully applied. 
2615         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is 
2616         computationally intensive operation. 
2618         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2620     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2622         CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
2624         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
2626         return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2628     CanRead 
= staticmethod(CanRead
) 
2629     def GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2631         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
2633         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
2634         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
2635         the number of available images. 
2637         return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2639     GetImageCount 
= staticmethod(GetImageCount
) 
2640     def LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2642         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2644         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the 
2645         library will try to autodetect the format. 
2647         return _core_
.Image_LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2649     def LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2651         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2653         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type 
2656         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2658     def SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2660         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool 
2662         Saves an image in the named file. 
2664         return _core_
.Image_SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2666     def SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2668         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool 
2670         Saves an image in the named file. 
2672         return _core_
.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2674     def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2676         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
2678         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
2679         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
2682         return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2684     CanReadStream 
= staticmethod(CanReadStream
) 
2685     def LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2687         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2689         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2690         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to 
2691         autodetect the format. 
2693         return _core_
.Image_LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2695     def LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2697         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2699         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2700         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format. 
2702         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2704     def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2708         Returns true if image data is present. 
2710         return _core_
.Image_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2712     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2714         GetWidth(self) -> int 
2716         Gets the width of the image in pixels. 
2718         return _core_
.Image_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2720     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2722         GetHeight(self) -> int 
2724         Gets the height of the image in pixels. 
2726         return _core_
.Image_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2728     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2730         GetSize(self) -> Size 
2732         Returns the size of the image in pixels. 
2734         return _core_
.Image_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2736     def GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2738         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image 
2740         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs 
2741         entirely to the image. 
2743         return _core_
.Image_GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2745     def Size(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2747         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2749         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding 
2750         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2751         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2752         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new 
2753         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2754         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2755         newly exposed areas. 
2757         return _core_
.Image_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2759     def Copy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2763         Returns an identical copy of the image. 
2765         return _core_
.Image_Copy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2767     def Paste(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2769         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y) 
2771         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour 
2772         and any out of bounds problems. 
2774         return _core_
.Image_Paste(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2776     def GetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2778         GetData(self) -> PyObject 
2780         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image. 
2782         return _core_
.Image_GetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2784     def SetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2786         SetData(self, buffer data) 
2788         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts 
2789         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of 
2790         the data must be width*height*3. 
2792         return _core_
.Image_SetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2794     def GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2796         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject 
2798         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB 
2799         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do 
2800         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. 
2802         return _core_
.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2804     def SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2806         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data) 
2808         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer 
2809         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must 
2810         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does. 
2812         return _core_
.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2814     def GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2816         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject 
2818         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image. 
2820         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2822     def SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2824         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha) 
2826         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either 
2827         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the 
2828         data must be width*height. 
2830         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2832     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2833         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject""" 
2834         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2836     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2837         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)""" 
2838         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2840     def SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2842         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2844         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the 
2847         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2849     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2851         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b) 
2853         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour. 
2855         return _core_
.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2857     def GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2859         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte 
2861         Gets the red component of the mask colour. 
2863         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2865     def GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2867         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte 
2869         Gets the green component of the mask colour. 
2871         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2873     def GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2875         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte 
2877         Gets the blue component of the mask colour. 
2879         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2881     def SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2883         SetMask(self, bool mask=True) 
2885         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is 
2886         determined by the current mask colour. 
2888         return _core_
.Image_SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2890     def HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2892         HasMask(self) -> bool 
2894         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise. 
2896         return _core_
.Image_HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2898     def Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2900         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,  
2901             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image 
2903         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing 
2904         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is 
2905         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the 
2906         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black 
2907         will be used as the fill colour. 
2909         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact. 
2911         return _core_
.Image_Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2913     def Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2915         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image 
2917         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction 
2918         indicated by ``clockwise``. 
2920         return _core_
.Image_Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2922     def Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2924         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image 
2926         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally`` 
2927         indicates the orientation. 
2929         return _core_
.Image_Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2931     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2933         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2) 
2935         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour 
2938         return _core_
.Image_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2940     def ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2942         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image 
2944         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has 
2945         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black 
2946         colour everywhere else. 
2948         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2950     def SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2952         SetOption(self, String name, String value) 
2954         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a 
2955         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a 
2956         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good). 
2958         return _core_
.Image_SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2960     def SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2962         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value) 
2964         Sets an image option as an integer. 
2966         return _core_
.Image_SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2968     def GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2970         GetOption(self, String name) -> String 
2972         Gets the value of an image handler option. 
2974         return _core_
.Image_GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2976     def GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2978         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int 
2980         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given 
2981         option is not present, the function returns 0. 
2983         return _core_
.Image_GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2985     def HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2987         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool 
2989         Returns true if the given option is present. 
2991         return _core_
.Image_HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2993     def CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2994         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long""" 
2995         return _core_
.Image_CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2997     def ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2998         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long""" 
2999         return _core_
.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3001     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3002         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3003         return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3005     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
3006     def InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3007         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3008         return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3010     InsertHandler 
= staticmethod(InsertHandler
) 
3011     def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3012         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3013         return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3015     RemoveHandler 
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
) 
3016     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3018         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3020         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3021         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3024         return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3026     GetImageExtWildcard 
= staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard
) 
3027     def ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3028         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap""" 
3029         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3031     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3032         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap""" 
3033         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3035     def RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3037         RotateHue(self, double angle) 
3039         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the 
3040         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees 
3042         return _core_
.Image_RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3044     def RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3046         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue 
3048         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. 
3050         return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3052     RGBtoHSV 
= staticmethod(RGBtoHSV
) 
3053     def HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3055         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue 
3057         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. 
3059         return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3061     HSVtoRGB 
= staticmethod(HSVtoRGB
) 
3062     def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Ok()  
3064 class ImagePtr(Image
): 
3065     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3067         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3068         self
.__class
__ = Image
 
3069 _core_
.Image_swigregister(ImagePtr
) 
3071 def ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3073     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
3075     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as 
3076     'image/jpeg') to specify image type. 
3078     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3082 def ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3084     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
3086     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
3089     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3093 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3095     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
3097     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
3098     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string. 
3100     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3104 def EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3106     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image 
3108     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all 
3111     val 
= _core_
.new_EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3115 def ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3117     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image 
3119     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`. 
3121     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3125 def ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3127     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image 
3129     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a 
3130     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data 
3131     must be width*height*3. 
3133     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3137 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3139     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image 
3141     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel. 
3142     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the 
3143     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the 
3144     alpha data must be width*height bytes. 
3146     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3150 def Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3152     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
3154     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
3156     return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3158 def Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3160     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
3162     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
3163     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
3164     the number of available images. 
3166     return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3168 def Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3170     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
3172     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
3173     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
3176     return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3178 def Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3179     """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3180     return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3182 def Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3183     """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3184     return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3186 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3187     """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3188     return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3190 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3192     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3194     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3195     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3198     return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3200 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3202     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue 
3204     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. 
3206     return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3208 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3210     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue 
3212     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. 
3214     return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3216 def InitAllImageHandlers(): 
3218     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to 
3219     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP. 
3223 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
 
3224 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
 
3225 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
 
3226 PNG_TYPE_GREY 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY
 
3227 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
 
3228 BMP_24BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_24BPP
 
3229 BMP_8BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP
 
3230 BMP_8BPP_GREY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GREY
 
3231 BMP_8BPP_GRAY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
 
3232 BMP_8BPP_RED 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_RED
 
3233 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
 
3234 BMP_4BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_4BPP
 
3235 BMP_1BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP
 
3236 BMP_1BPP_BW 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP_BW
 
3237 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3238     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.""" 
3240         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBMPHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3241     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3243         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler 
3245         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files. 
3247         newobj 
= _core_
.new_BMPHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3248         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3252 class BMPHandlerPtr(BMPHandler
): 
3253     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3255         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3256         self
.__class
__ = BMPHandler
 
3257 _core_
.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandlerPtr
) 
3258 NullImage 
= cvar
.NullImage
 
3259 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
 
3260 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
 
3261 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
 
3262 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
 
3263 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
 
3264 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
 
3265 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
 
3266 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
 
3267 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
 
3268 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
 
3269 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
 
3270 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
 
3271 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
 
3272 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
 
3273 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
 
3275 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler
): 
3276     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.""" 
3278         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxICOHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3279     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3281         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler 
3283         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files. 
3285         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ICOHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3286         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3290 class ICOHandlerPtr(ICOHandler
): 
3291     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3293         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3294         self
.__class
__ = ICOHandler
 
3295 _core_
.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandlerPtr
) 
3297 class CURHandler(ICOHandler
): 
3298     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.""" 
3300         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCURHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3301     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3303         __init__(self) -> CURHandler 
3305         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files. 
3307         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CURHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3308         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3312 class CURHandlerPtr(CURHandler
): 
3313     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3315         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3316         self
.__class
__ = CURHandler
 
3317 _core_
.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandlerPtr
) 
3319 class ANIHandler(CURHandler
): 
3320     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.""" 
3322         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxANIHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3323     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3325         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler 
3327         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files. 
3329         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ANIHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3330         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3334 class ANIHandlerPtr(ANIHandler
): 
3335     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3337         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3338         self
.__class
__ = ANIHandler
 
3339 _core_
.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandlerPtr
) 
3341 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3342     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.""" 
3344         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3345     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3347         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler 
3349         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files. 
3351         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PNGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3352         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3356 class PNGHandlerPtr(PNGHandler
): 
3357     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3359         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3360         self
.__class
__ = PNGHandler
 
3361 _core_
.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandlerPtr
) 
3363 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3364     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.""" 
3366         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGIFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3367     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3369         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler 
3371         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files. 
3373         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GIFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3374         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3378 class GIFHandlerPtr(GIFHandler
): 
3379     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3381         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3382         self
.__class
__ = GIFHandler
 
3383 _core_
.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandlerPtr
) 
3385 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3386     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.""" 
3388         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPCXHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3389     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3391         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler 
3393         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files. 
3395         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PCXHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3396         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3400 class PCXHandlerPtr(PCXHandler
): 
3401     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3403         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3404         self
.__class
__ = PCXHandler
 
3405 _core_
.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandlerPtr
) 
3407 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3408     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.""" 
3410         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxJPEGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3411     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3413         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler 
3415         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files. 
3417         newobj 
= _core_
.new_JPEGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3418         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3422 class JPEGHandlerPtr(JPEGHandler
): 
3423     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3425         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3426         self
.__class
__ = JPEGHandler
 
3427 _core_
.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandlerPtr
) 
3429 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3430     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.""" 
3432         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3433     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3435         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler 
3437         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files. 
3439         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PNMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3440         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3444 class PNMHandlerPtr(PNMHandler
): 
3445     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3447         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3448         self
.__class
__ = PNMHandler
 
3449 _core_
.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandlerPtr
) 
3451 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3452     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.""" 
3454         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxXPMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3455     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3457         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler 
3459         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image. 
3461         newobj 
= _core_
.new_XPMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3462         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3466 class XPMHandlerPtr(XPMHandler
): 
3467     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3469         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3470         self
.__class
__ = XPMHandler
 
3471 _core_
.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandlerPtr
) 
3473 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3474     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.""" 
3476         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxTIFFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3477     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3479         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler 
3481         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files. 
3483         newobj 
= _core_
.new_TIFFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3484         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3488 class TIFFHandlerPtr(TIFFHandler
): 
3489     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3491         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3492         self
.__class
__ = TIFFHandler
 
3493 _core_
.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandlerPtr
) 
3495 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
 
3496 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
 
3497 class Quantize(object): 
3498     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage.""" 
3499     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
3501         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQuantize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3502     def Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3504         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3506         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3507         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3508         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3510         return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3512     Quantize 
= staticmethod(Quantize
) 
3514 class QuantizePtr(Quantize
): 
3515     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3517         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3518         self
.__class
__ = Quantize
 
3519 _core_
.Quantize_swigregister(QuantizePtr
) 
3521 def Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3523     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3525     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3526     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3527     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3529     return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3531 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3533 class EvtHandler(Object
): 
3534     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class""" 
3536         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvtHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3537     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3538         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3539         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EvtHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3540         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3543     def GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3544         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3545         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3547     def GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3548         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3549         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3551     def SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3552         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3553         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3555     def SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3556         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3557         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3559     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3560         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
3561         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3563     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3564         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)""" 
3565         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3567     def ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3568         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool""" 
3569         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3571     def AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3572         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)""" 
3573         return _core_
.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3575     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3576         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)""" 
3577         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3579     def Connect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3580         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)""" 
3581         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Connect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3583     def Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3584         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool""" 
3585         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3587     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3588         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)""" 
3589         return _core_
.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3591     def Bind(self
, event
, handler
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3593         Bind an event to an event handler. 
3595         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the 
3596                       type of event to bind, 
3598         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the 
3599                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to 
3600                       disconnect an event handler. 
3602         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a 
3603                       different window than self, but you still 
3604                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a 
3605                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By 
3606                       passing the source of the event, the event 
3607                       handling system is able to differentiate 
3608                       between the same event type from different 
3611         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead 
3614         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler 
3615                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE. 
3617         if source 
is not None: 
3619         event
.Bind(self
, id, id2
, handler
)               
3621     def Unbind(self
, event
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3623         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self. 
3624         Returns True if successful. 
3626         if source 
is not None: 
3628         return event
.Unbind(self
, id, id2
)               
3631 class EvtHandlerPtr(EvtHandler
): 
3632     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3634         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3635         self
.__class
__ = EvtHandler
 
3636 _core_
.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandlerPtr
) 
3638 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3640 class PyEventBinder(object): 
3642     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event 
3645     def __init__(self
, evtType
, expectedIDs
=0): 
3646         if expectedIDs 
not in [0, 1, 2]: 
3647             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs" 
3648         self
.expectedIDs 
= expectedIDs
 
3650         if type(evtType
) == list or type(evtType
) == tuple: 
3651             self
.evtType 
= evtType
 
3653             self
.evtType 
= [evtType
] 
3656     def Bind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
, function
): 
3657         """Bind this set of event types to target.""" 
3658         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3659             target
.Connect(id1
, id2
, et
, function
) 
3662     def Unbind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
): 
3663         """Remove an event binding.""" 
3665         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3666             success 
+= target
.Disconnect(id1
, id2
, et
) 
3670     def __call__(self
, *args
): 
3672         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions. 
3673         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID, 
3674         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the 
3677         assert len(args
) == 2 + self
.expectedIDs
 
3681         if self
.expectedIDs 
== 0: 
3683         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 1: 
3686         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 2: 
3691             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs" 
3693         self
.Bind(target
, id1
, id2
, func
) 
3696 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole... 
3697 def EVT_COMMAND(win
, id, cmd
, func
): 
3698     win
.Connect(id, -1, cmd
, func
) 
3699 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win
, id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
): 
3700     win
.Connect(id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
) 
3703 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3705 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3707 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
 
3708 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
 
3710 def NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3711     """NewEventType() -> wxEventType""" 
3712     return _core_
.NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3713 wxEVT_NULL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NULL
 
3714 wxEVT_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_FIRST
 
3715 wxEVT_USER_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
 
3716 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
 
3717 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
 
3718 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
 
3719 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
 
3720 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
 
3721 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
 
3722 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
 
3723 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
 
3724 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
 
3725 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
 
3726 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
 
3727 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
 
3728 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
 
3729 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
 
3730 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
 
3731 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
 
3732 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
 
3733 wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
 
3734 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3735 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
 
3736 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3737 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
 
3738 wxEVT_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOTION
 
3739 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3740 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3741 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3742 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3743 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3744 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
 
3745 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
 
3746 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
 
3747 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
 
3748 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
 
3749 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
 
3750 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3751 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
 
3752 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3753 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
 
3754 wxEVT_NC_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
 
3755 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3756 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3757 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3758 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3759 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3760 wxEVT_CHAR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR
 
3761 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
 
3762 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
 
3763 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
 
3764 wxEVT_KEY_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_UP
 
3765 wxEVT_HOTKEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HOTKEY
 
3766 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
 
3767 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
 
3768 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
 
3769 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
 
3770 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
 
3771 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
 
3772 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
 
3773 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
 
3774 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
 
3775 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3776 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
 
3777 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
 
3778 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
 
3779 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
 
3780 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
 
3781 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
 
3782 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
 
3783 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
 
3784 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
 
3785 wxEVT_SIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZE
 
3786 wxEVT_MOVE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVE
 
3787 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
 
3788 wxEVT_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_END_SESSION
 
3789 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
 
3790 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
 
3791 wxEVT_POWER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_POWER
 
3792 wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
 
3793 wxEVT_CREATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CREATE
 
3794 wxEVT_DESTROY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DESTROY
 
3795 wxEVT_SHOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SHOW
 
3796 wxEVT_ICONIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ICONIZE
 
3797 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
 
3798 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
 
3799 wxEVT_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT
 
3800 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
 
3801 wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
 
3802 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
 
3803 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
 
3804 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
 
3805 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
 
3806 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
 
3807 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
 
3808 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
 
3809 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
 
3810 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
 
3811 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
 
3812 wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
 
3813 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
 
3814 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
 
3815 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
 
3816 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
 
3817 wxEVT_IDLE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_IDLE
 
3818 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI 
= _core_
.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
 
3819 wxEVT_SIZING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZING
 
3820 wxEVT_MOVING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVING
 
3821 wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
 
3822 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
 
3823 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3824 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
 
3825 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3826 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
 
3827 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
 
3828 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
 
3830 # Create some event binders 
3831 EVT_SIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE 
) 
3832 EVT_SIZING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING 
) 
3833 EVT_MOVE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE 
) 
3834 EVT_MOVING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING 
) 
3835 EVT_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
) 
3836 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
3837 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
3838 EVT_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT 
) 
3839 EVT_NC_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
) 
3840 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
) 
3841 EVT_CHAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR 
) 
3842 EVT_KEY_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
) 
3843 EVT_KEY_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP 
) 
3844 EVT_HOTKEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY
, 1)  
3845 EVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
) 
3846 EVT_MENU_OPEN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
) 
3847 EVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
) 
3848 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
, 1) 
3849 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
) 
3850 EVT_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
) 
3851 EVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
) 
3852 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
) 
3853 EVT_ACTIVATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
) 
3854 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
) 
3855 EVT_HIBERNATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
)      
3856 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
3857 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
3858 EVT_DROP_FILES 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
) 
3859 EVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
) 
3860 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
) 
3861 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
) 
3862 EVT_SHOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW 
) 
3863 EVT_MAXIMIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
) 
3864 EVT_ICONIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE 
) 
3865 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
) 
3866 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
) 
3867 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
) 
3868 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE 
) 
3869 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY 
) 
3870 EVT_SET_CURSOR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
) 
3871 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
) 
3873 EVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
) 
3874 EVT_LEFT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
) 
3875 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
) 
3876 EVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
) 
3877 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
) 
3878 EVT_RIGHT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
) 
3879 EVT_MOTION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION 
) 
3880 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
) 
3881 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
) 
3882 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
) 
3883 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
) 
3884 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
) 
3885 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
) 
3887 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
, 
3895                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
, 
3903 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) 
3904 EVT_SCROLLWIN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
,  
3905                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
, 
3906                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
, 
3907                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
, 
3908                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
,  
3909                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
, 
3910                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
, 
3911                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
, 
3914 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
) 
3915 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
) 
3916 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
) 
3917 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
) 
3918 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
) 
3919 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
) 
3920 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
) 
3921 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
3923 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar 
3924 EVT_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,  
3925                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,  
3926                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,  
3927                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,  
3928                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,  
3929                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,  
3930                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,  
3931                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
,  
3932                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
3935 EVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
) 
3936 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
) 
3937 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
) 
3938 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
) 
3939 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
) 
3940 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
) 
3941 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
) 
3942 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
3943 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
) 
3944 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3946 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id 
3947 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,  
3948                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,  
3949                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,  
3950                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,  
3951                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,  
3952                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,  
3953                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,  
3954                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 
3955                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
3958 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 1) 
3959 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 1) 
3960 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 1) 
3961 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 1) 
3962 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 1) 
3963 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 1) 
3964 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 1) 
3965 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 1) 
3966 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 1) 
3967 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3969 EVT_BUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
, 1) 
3970 EVT_CHECKBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
, 1) 
3971 EVT_CHOICE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
, 1) 
3972 EVT_LISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3973 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
, 1) 
3974 EVT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 1) 
3975 EVT_MENU_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 2) 
3976 EVT_SLIDER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
, 1) 
3977 EVT_RADIOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3978 EVT_RADIOBUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
, 1) 
3980 EVT_SCROLLBAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
, 1) 
3981 EVT_VLBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3982 EVT_COMBOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3983 EVT_TOOL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 1) 
3984 EVT_TOOL_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 2) 
3985 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 1) 
3986 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 2) 
3987 EVT_TOOL_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
, 1) 
3988 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
, 1) 
3991 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
, 1) 
3992 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
, 1) 
3993 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
, 1) 
3994 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
, 1) 
3995 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
, 1) 
3996 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
, 1) 
3997 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
, 1) 
3999 EVT_IDLE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE 
) 
4001 EVT_UPDATE_UI 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 1) 
4002 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 2) 
4004 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
) 
4008 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4010 class Event(Object
): 
4012     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a 
4013     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for 
4016     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
4018         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4019     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Event
): 
4022             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
4025     def SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4027         SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ) 
4029         Sets the specific type of the event. 
4031         return _core_
.Event_SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4033     def GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4035         GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType 
4037         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as 
4038         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``. 
4040         return _core_
.Event_GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4042     def GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4044         GetEventObject(self) -> Object 
4046         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if 
4049         return _core_
.Event_GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4051     def SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4053         SetEventObject(self, Object obj) 
4055         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the 
4056         object that is sending the event. 
4058         return _core_
.Event_SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4060     def GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4061         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long""" 
4062         return _core_
.Event_GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4064     def SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4065         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)""" 
4066         return _core_
.Event_SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4068     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4072         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button 
4075         return _core_
.Event_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4077     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4081         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that 
4082         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu 
4085         return _core_
.Event_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4087     def IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4089         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool 
4091         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else 
4092         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes. 
4094         return _core_
.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4096     def Skip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4098         Skip(self, bool skip=True) 
4100         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event 
4101         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event 
4102         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent 
4103         additional event handlers from being called and control will be 
4104         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current 
4105         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing 
4106         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event. 
4109         return _core_
.Event_Skip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4111     def GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4113         GetSkipped(self) -> bool 
4115         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise. 
4118         return _core_
.Event_GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4120     def ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4122         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool 
4124         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not, 
4125         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0. 
4127         return _core_
.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4129     def StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4131         StopPropagation(self) -> int 
4133         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old 
4134         propagation level value which may be later passed to 
4135         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again. 
4137         return _core_
.Event_StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4139     def ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4141         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel) 
4143         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For 
4144         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to 
4148         return _core_
.Event_ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4150     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4151         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4152         return _core_
.Event_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4155 class EventPtr(Event
): 
4156     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4158         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4159         self
.__class
__ = Event
 
4160 _core_
.Event_swigregister(EventPtr
) 
4162 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4164 class PropagationDisabler(object): 
4166     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
4167     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
4168     propogation of the event will be restored. 
4171         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagationDisabler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4172     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4174         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler 
4176         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
4177         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
4178         propogation of the event will be restored. 
4180         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PropagationDisabler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4181         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4184     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagationDisabler
): 
4187             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
4191 class PropagationDisablerPtr(PropagationDisabler
): 
4192     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4194         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4195         self
.__class
__ = PropagationDisabler
 
4196 _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisablerPtr
) 
4198 class PropagateOnce(object): 
4200     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4201     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4202     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4205         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagateOnce instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4206     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4208         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce 
4210         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4211         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4212         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4214         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PropagateOnce(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4215         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4218     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagateOnce
): 
4221             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
4225 class PropagateOncePtr(PropagateOnce
): 
4226     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4228         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4229         self
.__class
__ = PropagateOnce
 
4230 _core_
.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOncePtr
) 
4232 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4234 class CommandEvent(Event
): 
4236     This event class contains information about command events, which 
4237     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4241         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4242     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4244         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent 
4246         This event class contains information about command events, which 
4247         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4250         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4251         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4254     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4256         GetSelection(self) -> int 
4258         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4261         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4263     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4264         """SetString(self, String s)""" 
4265         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4267     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4269         GetString(self) -> String 
4271         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4274         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4276     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4278         IsChecked(self) -> bool 
4280         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the 
4281         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false 
4282         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if 
4283         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only 
4284         makes sense for checkable menu items). 
4286         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4289     def IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4291         IsSelection(self) -> bool 
4293         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection, 
4294         false if it is a deselection. 
4296         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4298     def SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4299         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)""" 
4300         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4302     def GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4304         GetExtraLong(self) -> long 
4306         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the 
4307         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining 
4308         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A 
4309         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in 
4310         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the 
4311         listbox must be examined by the application. 
4313         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4315     def SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4316         """SetInt(self, int i)""" 
4317         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4319     def GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4321         GetInt(self) -> long 
4323         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or 
4324         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a 
4325         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox. 
4327         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4329     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4330         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4331         return _core_
.CommandEvent_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4334 class CommandEventPtr(CommandEvent
): 
4335     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4337         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4338         self
.__class
__ = CommandEvent
 
4339 _core_
.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEventPtr
) 
4341 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4343 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4345     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4346     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4347     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4348     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4351         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNotifyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4352     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4354         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent 
4356         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4357         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4358         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4359         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4361         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NotifyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4362         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4365     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4369         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening. 
4371         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for 
4372         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which 
4373         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising. 
4375         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4377     def Allow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4381         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be 
4382         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as 
4383         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this 
4384         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description). 
4386         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4388     def IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4390         IsAllowed(self) -> bool 
4392         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or 
4393         false otherwise (if it was). 
4395         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4398 class NotifyEventPtr(NotifyEvent
): 
4399     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4401         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4402         self
.__class
__ = NotifyEvent
 
4403 _core_
.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEventPtr
) 
4405 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4407 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4409     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone 
4410     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send 
4411     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent` 
4415         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4416     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4418         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,  
4419             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent 
4421         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ScrollEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4422         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4425     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4427         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4429         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4432         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4434     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4436         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4438         Returns the position of the scrollbar. 
4440         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4442     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4443         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4444         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4446     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4447         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4448         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4451 class ScrollEventPtr(ScrollEvent
): 
4452     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4454         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4455         self
.__class
__ = ScrollEvent
 
4456 _core_
.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEventPtr
) 
4458 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4460 class ScrollWinEvent(Event
): 
4462     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4466         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollWinEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4467     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4469         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent 
4471         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4474         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4475         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4478     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4480         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4482         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4485         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4487     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4489         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4491         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release 
4492         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you 
4493         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case. 
4495         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4497     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4498         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4499         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4501     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4502         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4503         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4506 class ScrollWinEventPtr(ScrollWinEvent
): 
4507     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4509         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4510         self
.__class
__ = ScrollWinEvent
 
4511 _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEventPtr
) 
4513 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4515 MOUSE_BTN_ANY 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
 
4516 MOUSE_BTN_NONE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
 
4517 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
 
4518 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
 
4519 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
 
4520 class MouseEvent(Event
): 
4522     This event class contains information about the events generated by 
4523     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and 
4526     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for 
4527     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and 
4528     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have 
4529     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the 
4532     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`: 
4533     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse 
4534     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is 
4535     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the 
4536     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button 
4537     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true, 
4538     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the 
4539     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same 
4540     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well. 
4543         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4544     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4546         __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent 
4548         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are: 
4550             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
4551             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
4557             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
4560             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
4564         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MouseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4565         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4568     def IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4570         IsButton(self) -> bool 
4572         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a 
4573         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`). 
4575         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4577     def ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4579         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4581         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4582         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4583         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible 
4586         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4588     def ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4590         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4592         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4593         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4594         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible 
4597         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4599     def ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4601         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4603         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4604         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button 
4605         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values). 
4607         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4609     def Button(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4611         Button(self, int button) -> bool 
4613         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid 
4614         values of button are: 
4616              ====================      ===================================== 
4617              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed 
4618              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed 
4619              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed 
4620              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed 
4621              ====================      ===================================== 
4624         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Button(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4626     def ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4627         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool""" 
4628         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4630     def GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4632         GetButton(self) -> int 
4634         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or 
4635         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or 
4636         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for 
4637         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
4638         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the 
4639         right buttons respectively. 
4641         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4643     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4645         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
4647         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event. 
4649         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4651     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4653         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
4655         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
4657         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4659     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4661         AltDown(self) -> bool 
4663         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
4665         return _core_
.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4667     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4669         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
4671         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
4673         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4675     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4677         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
4679         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
4680         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
4681         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
4682         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
4683         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this 
4684         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
4685         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
4687         return _core_
.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4689     def LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4691         LeftDown(self) -> bool 
4693         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down. 
4695         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4697     def MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4699         MiddleDown(self) -> bool 
4701         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down. 
4703         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4705     def RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4707         RightDown(self) -> bool 
4709         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down. 
4711         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4713     def LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4715         LeftUp(self) -> bool 
4717         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up. 
4719         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4721     def MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4723         MiddleUp(self) -> bool 
4725         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up. 
4727         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4729     def RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4731         RightUp(self) -> bool 
4733         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up. 
4735         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4737     def LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4739         LeftDClick(self) -> bool 
4741         Returns true if the event was a left button double click. 
4743         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4745     def MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4747         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool 
4749         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click. 
4751         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4753     def RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4755         RightDClick(self) -> bool 
4757         Returns true if the event was a right button double click. 
4759         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4761     def LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4763         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool 
4765         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent 
4766         of the current event type. 
4768         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true 
4769         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the 
4770         state of the mouse button before the event happened. 
4772         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process 
4773         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still) 
4776         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4778     def MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4780         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool 
4782         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent 
4783         of the current event type. 
4785         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4787     def RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4789         RightIsDown(self) -> bool 
4791         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent 
4792         of the current event type. 
4794         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4796     def Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4798         Dragging(self) -> bool 
4800         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is 
4803         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4805     def Moving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4807         Moving(self) -> bool 
4809         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were 
4810         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns 
4811         false and Dragging returns true. 
4813         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Moving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4815     def Entering(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4817         Entering(self) -> bool 
4819         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window. 
4821         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Entering(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4823     def Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4825         Leaving(self) -> bool 
4827         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window. 
4829         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4831     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4833         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
4835         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4838         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4840     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4842         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
4844         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4847         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4849     def GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4851         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point 
4853         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated 
4854         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates 
4855         that the window has been scrolled). 
4857         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4859     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4863         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
4865         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4867     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4871         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
4873         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4875     def GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4877         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int 
4879         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of 
4880         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to 
4881         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be 
4882         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one 
4883         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either 
4884         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values 
4885         have been accumulated before scrolling. 
4887         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4889     def GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4891         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int 
4893         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be 
4894         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) 
4895         should occur for each delta. 
4897         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4899     def GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4901         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int 
4903         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled 
4904         per wheel action. Defaults to three. 
4906         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4908     def IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4910         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool 
4912         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with 
4913         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling. 
4915         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4917     m_x 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_set
) 
4918     m_y 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_set
) 
4919     m_leftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set
) 
4920     m_middleDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set
) 
4921     m_rightDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set
) 
4922     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
4923     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
4924     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
4925     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
4926     m_wheelRotation 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set
) 
4927     m_wheelDelta 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set
) 
4928     m_linesPerAction 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set
) 
4930 class MouseEventPtr(MouseEvent
): 
4931     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4933         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4934         self
.__class
__ = MouseEvent
 
4935 _core_
.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEventPtr
) 
4937 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4939 class SetCursorEvent(Event
): 
4941     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set 
4942     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the 
4943     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the 
4944     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor` 
4945     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed. 
4948         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSetCursorEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4949     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4951         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent 
4953         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`. 
4955         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SetCursorEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4956         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4959     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4963         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
4965         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4967     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4971         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
4973         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4975     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4977         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) 
4979         Sets the cursor associated with this event. 
4981         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4983     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4985         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
4987         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event. 
4989         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4991     def HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4993         HasCursor(self) -> bool 
4995         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor. 
4997         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5000 class SetCursorEventPtr(SetCursorEvent
): 
5001     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5003         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5004         self
.__class
__ = SetCursorEvent
 
5005 _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEventPtr
) 
5007 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5009 class KeyEvent(Event
): 
5011     This event class contains information about keypress and character 
5012     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has 
5015     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in 
5016     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference 
5017     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press 
5018     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just 
5019     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will 
5020     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only 
5021     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event 
5022     corresponding to each down one. 
5024     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event 
5025     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric 
5026     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of 
5027     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in 
5028     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the 
5029     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for 
5032     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed 
5033     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key 
5034     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key 
5035     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and 
5036     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be 
5037     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as 
5040     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code 
5041     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value 
5042     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this 
5043     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the 
5044     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly 
5045     by the system itself. 
5047     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed: 
5048     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the 
5049     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1, 
5050     the ASCII value of this key combination. 
5052     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave 
5053     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and 
5054     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard 
5057     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not 
5058     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not 
5059     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both 
5060     types of events to be a bit simpler. 
5062     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets 
5063     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and 
5064     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char 
5065     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator). 
5067     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't 
5068     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to 
5073         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5074     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5076         __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent 
5078         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are: 
5081         newobj 
= _core_
.new_KeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5082         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5085     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5087         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
5089         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event. 
5091         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5093     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5095         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
5097         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
5099         return _core_
.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5101     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5103         AltDown(self) -> bool 
5105         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
5107         return _core_
.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5109     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5111         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
5113         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
5115         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5117     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5119         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
5121         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
5122         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
5123         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
5124         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
5125         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this 
5126         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
5127         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
5129         return _core_
.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5131     def HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5133         HasModifiers(self) -> bool 
5135         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the 
5136         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither 
5137         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that 
5138         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the 
5139         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed 
5142         return _core_
.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5144     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5146         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
5148         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values, 
5149         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left 
5150         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key 
5153         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if 
5154         the user entered a character that can be represented in current 
5155         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode 
5156         character using `GetUnicodeKey`. 
5158         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5160     KeyCode 
= GetKeyCode 
 
5161     def GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5163         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int 
5165         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This 
5166         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython. 
5168         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5170     GetUniChar 
= GetUnicodeKey 
 
5171     def GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5173         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int 
5175         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent 
5176         scan code which should only be used in advanced 
5177         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all 
5180         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5182     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5184         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int 
5186         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are 
5187         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications. 
5188         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports. 
5190         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5192     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5194         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5196         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5198         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5200     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5202         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
5204         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5206         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5208     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5212         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5215         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5217     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5221         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5224         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5226     m_x 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_set
) 
5227     m_y 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_set
) 
5228     m_keyCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set
) 
5229     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
5230     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
5231     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
5232     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
5233     m_scanCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set
) 
5234     m_rawCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set
) 
5235     m_rawFlags 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set
) 
5237 class KeyEventPtr(KeyEvent
): 
5238     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5240         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5241         self
.__class
__ = KeyEvent
 
5242 _core_
.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEventPtr
) 
5244 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5246 class SizeEvent(Event
): 
5248     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE 
5249     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has 
5252     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call 
5253     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the 
5256     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is 
5257     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the 
5258     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the 
5259     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole 
5260     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to 
5261     invalidate the entire window. 
5265         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5266     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5268         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent 
5270         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``. 
5272         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5273         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5276     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5278         GetSize(self) -> Size 
5280         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change 
5283         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5285     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5286         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5287         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5289     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5290         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5291         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5293     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5294         """SetSize(self, Size size)""" 
5295         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5297     m_size 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_set
) 
5298     m_rect 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_set
) 
5300 class SizeEventPtr(SizeEvent
): 
5301     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5303         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5304         self
.__class
__ = SizeEvent
 
5305 _core_
.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEventPtr
) 
5307 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5309 class MoveEvent(Event
): 
5311     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is 
5312     moved to a new position. 
5315         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMoveEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5316     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5318         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent 
5322         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MoveEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5323         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5326     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5328         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5330         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event. 
5332         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5334     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5335         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5336         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5338     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5339         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5340         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5342     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5343         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)""" 
5344         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5346     m_pos 
=  property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
5347     m_rect 
= property(GetRect
, SetRect
) 
5350 class MoveEventPtr(MoveEvent
): 
5351     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5353         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5354         self
.__class
__ = MoveEvent
 
5355 _core_
.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEventPtr
) 
5357 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5359 class PaintEvent(Event
): 
5361     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted. 
5362     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create 
5363     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS 
5364     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send 
5365     the event again, causing endless refreshes. 
5367     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been 
5368     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`, 
5369     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of 
5370     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some 
5371     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical, 
5376         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5377     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5378         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent""" 
5379         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5380         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5384 class PaintEventPtr(PaintEvent
): 
5385     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5387         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5388         self
.__class
__ = PaintEvent
 
5389 _core_
.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEventPtr
) 
5391 class NcPaintEvent(Event
): 
5392     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class""" 
5394         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNcPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5395     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5396         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent""" 
5397         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NcPaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5398         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5402 class NcPaintEventPtr(NcPaintEvent
): 
5403     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5405         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5406         self
.__class
__ = NcPaintEvent
 
5407 _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEventPtr
) 
5409 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5411 class EraseEvent(Event
): 
5413     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be 
5414     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event 
5415     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated 
5416     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker. 
5418     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned 
5419     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary 
5420     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that. 
5424         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEraseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5425     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5427         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent 
5431         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EraseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5432         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5435     def GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5439         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If 
5440         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use 
5443         return _core_
.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5446 class EraseEventPtr(EraseEvent
): 
5447     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5449         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5450         self
.__class
__ = EraseEvent
 
5451 _core_
.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEventPtr
) 
5453 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5455 class FocusEvent(Event
): 
5457     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing 
5458     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it 
5459     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event. 
5461     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus 
5462     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is 
5463     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`. 
5467         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5468     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5470         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent 
5474         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5475         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5478     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5480         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5482         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the 
5483         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the 
5484         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event. 
5486         Warning: the window returned may be None! 
5488         return _core_
.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5490     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5491         """SetWindow(self, Window win)""" 
5492         return _core_
.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5495 class FocusEventPtr(FocusEvent
): 
5496     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5498         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5499         self
.__class
__ = FocusEvent
 
5500 _core_
.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEventPtr
) 
5502 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5504 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5506     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the 
5507     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window 
5511         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxChildFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5512     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5514         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent 
5518         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5519         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5522     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5524         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5526         The window which has just received the focus. 
5528         return _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5531 class ChildFocusEventPtr(ChildFocusEvent
): 
5532     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5534         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5535         self
.__class
__ = ChildFocusEvent
 
5536 _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEventPtr
) 
5538 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5540 class ActivateEvent(Event
): 
5542     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire 
5543     application is being activated or deactivated. 
5545     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when 
5546     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the 
5547     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus. 
5548     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames 
5549     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all 
5550     application frames being inactive. 
5552     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers 
5553     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not 
5554     doing so can result in strange effects. 
5558         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxActivateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5559     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5561         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent 
5565         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ActivateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5566         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5569     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5571         GetActive(self) -> bool 
5573         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false 
5576         return _core_
.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5579 class ActivateEventPtr(ActivateEvent
): 
5580     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5582         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5583         self
.__class
__ = ActivateEvent
 
5584 _core_
.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEventPtr
) 
5586 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5588 class InitDialogEvent(Event
): 
5590     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for 
5591     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this 
5592     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be 
5593     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler 
5594     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`. 
5597         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInitDialogEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5598     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5600         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent 
5604         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InitDialogEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5605         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5609 class InitDialogEventPtr(InitDialogEvent
): 
5610     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5612         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5613         self
.__class
__ = InitDialogEvent
 
5614 _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEventPtr
) 
5616 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5618 class MenuEvent(Event
): 
5620     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that 
5621     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending 
5622     `wx.CommandEvent` objects. 
5624     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help 
5625     text in the first field of the status bar. 
5628         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5629     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5631         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent 
5635         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5636         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5639     def GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5641         GetMenuId(self) -> int 
5643         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method 
5644         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events. 
5646         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5648     def IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5650         IsPopup(self) -> bool 
5652         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a 
5653         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only 
5654         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5656         return _core_
.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5658     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5660         GetMenu(self) -> Menu 
5662         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should 
5663         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5665         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5668 class MenuEventPtr(MenuEvent
): 
5669     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5671         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5672         self
.__class
__ = MenuEvent
 
5673 _core_
.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEventPtr
) 
5675 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5677 class CloseEvent(Event
): 
5679     This event class contains information about window and session close 
5682     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried 
5683     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or 
5684     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself 
5685     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close` 
5688     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of 
5689     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy 
5690     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``, 
5691     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not. 
5692     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save 
5693     files or to cancel the close. 
5695     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the 
5696     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the 
5697     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending 
5698     on whether the close instruction was honored or not. 
5701         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCloseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5702     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5704         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent 
5708         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CloseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5709         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5712     def SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5714         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff) 
5716         Sets the 'logging off' flag. 
5718         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5720     def GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5722         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool 
5724         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the 
5725         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end 
5726         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close 
5729         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5731     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5733         Veto(self, bool veto=True) 
5735         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to 
5736         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen. 
5738         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true. 
5740         return _core_
.CloseEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5742     def GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5743         """GetVeto(self) -> bool""" 
5744         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5746     def SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5748         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto) 
5750         Sets the 'can veto' flag. 
5752         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5754     def CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5756         CanVeto(self) -> bool 
5758         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close 
5759         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling 
5760         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function 
5761         must be called to check this. 
5763         return _core_
.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5766 class CloseEventPtr(CloseEvent
): 
5767     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5769         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5770         self
.__class
__ = CloseEvent
 
5771 _core_
.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEventPtr
) 
5773 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5775 class ShowEvent(Event
): 
5776     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.""" 
5778         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxShowEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5779     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5781         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent 
5783         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden. 
5785         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ShowEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5786         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5789     def SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5790         """SetShow(self, bool show)""" 
5791         return _core_
.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5793     def GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5794         """GetShow(self) -> bool""" 
5795         return _core_
.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5798 class ShowEventPtr(ShowEvent
): 
5799     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5801         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5802         self
.__class
__ = ShowEvent
 
5803 _core_
.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEventPtr
) 
5805 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5807 class IconizeEvent(Event
): 
5809     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5813         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIconizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5814     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5816         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent 
5818         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5821         newobj 
= _core_
.new_IconizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5822         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5825     def Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5827         Iconized(self) -> bool 
5829         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has 
5832         return _core_
.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5835 class IconizeEventPtr(IconizeEvent
): 
5836     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5838         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5839         self
.__class
__ = IconizeEvent
 
5840 _core_
.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEventPtr
) 
5842 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5844 class MaximizeEvent(Event
): 
5845     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.""" 
5847         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMaximizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5848     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5850         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent 
5852         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored. 
5854         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MaximizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5855         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5859 class MaximizeEventPtr(MaximizeEvent
): 
5860     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5862         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5863         self
.__class
__ = MaximizeEvent
 
5864 _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEventPtr
) 
5866 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5868 class DropFilesEvent(Event
): 
5870     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have 
5871     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available 
5872     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for 
5873     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`. 
5875     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general 
5876     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This 
5877     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of 
5880     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop 
5884     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
5886         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDropFilesEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5887     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5889         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5891         Returns the position at which the files were dropped. 
5893         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5895     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5897         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int 
5899         Returns the number of files dropped. 
5901         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5903     def GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5905         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject 
5907         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped. 
5909         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5912 class DropFilesEventPtr(DropFilesEvent
): 
5913     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5915         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5916         self
.__class
__ = DropFilesEvent
 
5917 _core_
.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEventPtr
) 
5919 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5921 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
 
5922 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
5923 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5925     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by 
5926     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user 
5929     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to 
5930     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as 
5931     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be 
5932     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a 
5933     menu item or button. 
5935     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the 
5936     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets 
5937     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to 
5938     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more 
5939     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether 
5940     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can 
5941     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same. 
5943     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call 
5944     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will 
5945     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to 
5948     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just 
5949     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process 
5950     any UI events for the window that owns the menu. 
5952     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting 
5953     your application, you can do one or both of the following: 
5955        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of 
5956           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style 
5957           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should 
5958           receive update events. No other windows will receive update 
5961        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond 
5962           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call 
5963           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when 
5964           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight 
5965           delay before windows are updated. 
5967     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE 
5968     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent 
5969     from an internal idle handler. 
5971     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On 
5972     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu 
5973     is about to be shown, and not in idle time. 
5977         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxUpdateUIEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5978     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5980         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent 
5984         newobj 
= _core_
.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5985         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5988     def GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5990         GetChecked(self) -> bool 
5992         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked. 
5994         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5996     def GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5998         GetEnabled(self) -> bool 
6000         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled. 
6002         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6004     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6006         GetText(self) -> String 
6008         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element. 
6010         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6012     def GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6014         GetSetText(self) -> bool 
6016         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For 
6017         wxWidgets internal use only. 
6019         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6021     def GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6023         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool 
6025         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets 
6028         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6030     def GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6032         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool 
6034         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets 
6037         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6039     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6041         Check(self, bool check) 
6043         Check or uncheck the UI element. 
6045         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6047     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6049         Enable(self, bool enable) 
6051         Enable or disable the UI element. 
6053         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6055     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6057         SetText(self, String text) 
6059         Sets the text for this UI element. 
6061         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6063     def SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6065         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
6067         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
6068         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
6071         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
6072         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
6073         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
6074         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
6077         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6079     SetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval
) 
6080     def GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6082         GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
6084         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6085         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6087         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6089     GetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval
) 
6090     def CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6092         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6094         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6097         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6098         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6099         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6100         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6101         this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6102         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6103         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6104         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6108         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6110     CanUpdate 
= staticmethod(CanUpdate
) 
6111     def ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6115         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6116         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6117         is called at the end of idle processing. 
6119         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6121     ResetUpdateTime 
= staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime
) 
6122     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6126         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6127         to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6129         The mode may be one of the following values: 
6131             =============================   ========================================== 
6132             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6133                                             is the default setting. 
6134             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6135                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6137             =============================   ========================================== 
6140         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6142     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6143     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6147         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6148         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6151         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6153     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6155 class UpdateUIEventPtr(UpdateUIEvent
): 
6156     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6158         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6159         self
.__class
__ = UpdateUIEvent
 
6160 _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEventPtr
) 
6162 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6164     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
6166     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
6167     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
6170     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
6171     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
6172     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
6173     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
6176     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6178 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6180     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
6182     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6183     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6185     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6187 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6189     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6191     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6194     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6195     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6196     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6197     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6198     this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6199     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6200     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6201     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6205     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6207 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6209     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime() 
6211     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6212     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6213     is called at the end of idle processing. 
6215     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6217 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6219     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6221     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6222     to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6224     The mode may be one of the following values: 
6226         =============================   ========================================== 
6227         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6228                                         is the default setting. 
6229         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6230                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6232         =============================   ========================================== 
6235     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6237 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6239     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6241     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6242     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6245     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6247 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6249 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event
): 
6251     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated 
6252     when the user changes the colour settings using the control 
6253     panel. This is only applicable under Windows. 
6255     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child 
6256     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If 
6257     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call 
6258     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to 
6259     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly. 
6263         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSysColourChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6264     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6266         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent 
6270         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6271         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6275 class SysColourChangedEventPtr(SysColourChangedEvent
): 
6276     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6278         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6279         self
.__class
__ = SysColourChangedEvent
 
6280 _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEventPtr
) 
6282 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6284 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event
): 
6286     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to 
6287     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if 
6288     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling 
6289     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture 
6290     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code. 
6292     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6295         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6296     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6298         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent 
6302         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6303         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6306     def GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6308         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window 
6310         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a 
6311         non-wxWidgets window. 
6313         return _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6316 class MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr(MouseCaptureChangedEvent
): 
6317     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6319         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6320         self
.__class
__ = MouseCaptureChangedEvent
 
6321 _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr
) 
6323 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6325 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event
): 
6327     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display 
6328     resolution has changed. 
6330     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6333         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDisplayChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6334     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6335         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent""" 
6336         newobj 
= _core_
.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6337         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6341 class DisplayChangedEventPtr(DisplayChangedEvent
): 
6342     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6344         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6345         self
.__class
__ = DisplayChangedEvent
 
6346 _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEventPtr
) 
6348 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6350 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event
): 
6352     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6353     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6356     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6359         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaletteChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6360     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6362         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent 
6364         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6365         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6368         This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6370         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6371         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6374     def SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6375         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)""" 
6376         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6378     def GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6379         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window""" 
6380         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6383 class PaletteChangedEventPtr(PaletteChangedEvent
): 
6384     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6386         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6387         self
.__class
__ = PaletteChangedEvent
 
6388 _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEventPtr
) 
6390 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6392 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event
): 
6394     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard 
6395     focus and should re-do its palette. 
6397     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6400         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQueryNewPaletteEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6401     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6403         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent 
6407         newobj 
= _core_
.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6408         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6411     def SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6413         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized) 
6415         App should set this if it changes the palette. 
6417         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6419     def GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6420         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool""" 
6421         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6424 class QueryNewPaletteEventPtr(QueryNewPaletteEvent
): 
6425     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6427         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6428         self
.__class
__ = QueryNewPaletteEvent
 
6429 _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEventPtr
) 
6431 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6433 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event
): 
6435     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between 
6436     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not 
6437     catch navigation events in applications as there are already 
6438     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find 
6439     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change 
6440     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call 
6441     `wx.Window.Navigate`. 
6444         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNavigationKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6445     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6446         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent""" 
6447         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6448         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6451     def GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6453         GetDirection(self) -> bool 
6455         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise. 
6457         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6459     def SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6461         SetDirection(self, bool forward) 
6463         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the 
6464         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab. 
6466         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6468     def IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6470         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool 
6472         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed. 
6474         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6476     def SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6478         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange) 
6480         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows. 
6481         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented 
6482         by using Control-Tab. 
6484         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6486     def IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6488         IsFromTab(self) -> bool 
6490         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab 
6493         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6495     def SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6497         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs) 
6499         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. 
6500         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons. 
6502         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6504     def SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6506         SetFlags(self, long flags) 
6508         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following: 
6510             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward 
6511             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward 
6512             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange 
6513             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab 
6516         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6518     def GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6520         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window 
6522         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be 
6525         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6527     def SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6529         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win) 
6531         Set the window that has the focus. 
6533         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6535     IsBackward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
 
6536     IsForward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
 
6537     WinChange 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
 
6538     FromTab 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
 
6540 class NavigationKeyEventPtr(NavigationKeyEvent
): 
6541     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6543         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6544         self
.__class
__ = NavigationKeyEvent
 
6545 _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEventPtr
) 
6547 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6549 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6551     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6552     underlying GUI object) exists. 
6555         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowCreateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6556     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6558         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent 
6560         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6561         underlying GUI object) exists. 
6563         newobj 
= _core_
.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6564         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6567     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6569         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6571         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6573         return _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6576 class WindowCreateEventPtr(WindowCreateEvent
): 
6577     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6579         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6580         self
.__class
__ = WindowCreateEvent
 
6581 _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEventPtr
) 
6583 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6585     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor 
6586     when the GUI window is destroyed. 
6588     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will 
6589     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event 
6590     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is 
6591     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to 
6592     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get 
6593     notification of the destruction of another window. 
6596         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowDestroyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6597     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6599         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent 
6601         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor 
6602         when the GUI window is destroyed. 
6604         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will 
6605         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event 
6606         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is 
6607         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to 
6608         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get 
6609         notification of the destruction of another window. 
6611         newobj 
= _core_
.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6612         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6615     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6617         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6619         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6621         return _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6624 class WindowDestroyEventPtr(WindowDestroyEvent
): 
6625     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6627         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6628         self
.__class
__ = WindowDestroyEvent
 
6629 _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEventPtr
) 
6631 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6633 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6635     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to 
6636     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu. 
6639         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxContextMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6640     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6642         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent 
6646         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6647         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6650     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6652         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
6654         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should 
6657         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6659     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6661         SetPosition(self, Point pos) 
6663         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown. 
6665         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6668 class ContextMenuEventPtr(ContextMenuEvent
): 
6669     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6671         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6672         self
.__class
__ = ContextMenuEvent
 
6673 _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEventPtr
) 
6675 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6677 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
 
6678 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
6679 class IdleEvent(Event
): 
6681     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent 
6682     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the 
6683     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by 
6684     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are 
6685     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal 
6686     events and then becomes empty again. 
6688     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a 
6689     significant overhead in your application, you can call 
6690     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and 
6691     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window 
6692     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent 
6693     to those windows and not to any others. 
6696         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIdleEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6697     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6699         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent 
6703         newobj 
= _core_
.new_IdleEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6704         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6707     def RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6709         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True) 
6711         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be 
6712         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the 
6713         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the 
6714         application windows. If no window calls this function during its 
6715         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event 
6716         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing 
6719         return _core_
.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6721     def MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6723         MoreRequested(self) -> bool 
6725         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event 
6726         requested more processing time. 
6728         return _core_
.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6730     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6734         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6735         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6738         The mode can be one of the following values: 
6740             =========================   ======================================== 
6741             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6742             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6743                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6745             =========================   ======================================== 
6748         return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6750     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6751     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6755         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6756         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6757         will process the events. 
6759         return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6761     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6762     def CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6764         CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6766         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6769         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6770         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6771         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6772         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6773         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6774         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6776         return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6778     CanSend 
= staticmethod(CanSend
) 
6780 class IdleEventPtr(IdleEvent
): 
6781     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6783         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6784         self
.__class
__ = IdleEvent
 
6785 _core_
.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEventPtr
) 
6787 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6789     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6791     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6792     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6795     The mode can be one of the following values: 
6797         =========================   ======================================== 
6798         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6799         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6800                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6802         =========================   ======================================== 
6805     return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6807 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6809     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6811     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6812     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6813     will process the events. 
6815     return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6817 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6819     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6821     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6824     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6825     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6826     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6827     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6828     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6829     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6831     return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6833 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6835 class PyEvent(Event
): 
6837     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event 
6838     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of 
6839     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport 
6840     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have 
6841     them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6843     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent` 
6847         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6848     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6849         """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent""" 
6850         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6851         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6856     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyEvent
): 
6859             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6862     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6863         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6864         return _core_
.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6866     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6867         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6868         return _core_
.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6871 class PyEventPtr(PyEvent
): 
6872     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6874         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6875         self
.__class
__ = PyEvent
 
6876 _core_
.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEventPtr
) 
6878 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6880     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom 
6881     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent 
6882     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class 
6883     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is 
6884     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event 
6885     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6891         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6892     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6893         """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent""" 
6894         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6895         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6900     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyCommandEvent
): 
6903             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6906     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6907         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6908         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6910     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6911         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6912         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6915 class PyCommandEventPtr(PyCommandEvent
): 
6916     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6918         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6919         self
.__class
__ = PyCommandEvent
 
6920 _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEventPtr
) 
6922 class DateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6924     This event class holds information about a date change event and is 
6925     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class 
6926     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with 
6930         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6931     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6932         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent""" 
6933         newobj 
= _core_
.new_DateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6934         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6937     def GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6939         GetDate(self) -> DateTime 
6943         return _core_
.DateEvent_GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6945     def SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6947         SetDate(self, DateTime date) 
6949         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library 
6952         return _core_
.DateEvent_SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6955 class DateEventPtr(DateEvent
): 
6956     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6958         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6959         self
.__class
__ = DateEvent
 
6960 _core_
.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEventPtr
) 
6962 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
 
6963 EVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
, 1 ) 
6965 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6967 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
 
6968 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
 
6969 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
 
6970 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
 
6971 PRINT_WINDOWS 
= _core_
.PRINT_WINDOWS
 
6972 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT 
= _core_
.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
 
6973 class PyApp(EvtHandler
): 
6975     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the 
6976     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead. 
6979         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyApp instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6980     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6982         __init__(self) -> PyApp 
6984         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process. 
6986         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6987         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6990         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyApp
, False) 
6991         self
._setOORInfo
(self
, False) 
6993     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyApp
): 
6996             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6999     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7000         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)""" 
7001         return _core_
.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7003     def GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7005         GetAppName(self) -> String 
7007         Get the application name. 
7009         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7011     def SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7013         SetAppName(self, String name) 
7015         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by 
7016         `wx.Config` and such. 
7018         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7020     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7022         GetClassName(self) -> String 
7024         Get the application's class name. 
7026         return _core_
.PyApp_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7028     def SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7030         SetClassName(self, String name) 
7032         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for 
7033         X-resources if applicable for the platform 
7035         return _core_
.PyApp_SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7037     def GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7039         GetVendorName(self) -> String 
7041         Get the application's vendor name. 
7043         return _core_
.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7045     def SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7047         SetVendorName(self, String name) 
7049         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used 
7050         automatically by `wx.Config` and such. 
7052         return _core_
.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7054     def GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7056         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits 
7058         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we 
7059         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the 
7060         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding 
7061         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is 
7062         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the 
7063         differences behind the common facade. 
7065         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython. 
7067         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7069     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7071         ProcessPendingEvents(self) 
7073         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to 
7074         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens 
7075         during each event loop iteration. 
7077         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7079     def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7081         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7083         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting 
7084         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield`` 
7085         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True. 
7087         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected 
7088               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may 
7089               result in calling the same event handler again), use with 
7090               extreme care or, better, don't use at all! 
7092         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield` 
7095         return _core_
.PyApp_Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7097     def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7101         Make sure that idle events are sent again. 
7102         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle` 
7104         return _core_
.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7106     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7108         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7110         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7111         currently be dispatched. 
7113         return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7115     IsMainLoopRunning 
= staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning
) 
7116     def MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7118         MainLoop(self) -> int 
7120         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until 
7121         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed. 
7123         return _core_
.PyApp_MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7125     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7129         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application. 
7132         return _core_
.PyApp_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7134     def ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7138         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main 
7139         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!) 
7141         return _core_
.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7143     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7145         Pending(self) -> bool 
7147         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue. 
7149         return _core_
.PyApp_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7151     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7153         Dispatch(self) -> bool 
7155         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event 
7156         appears if there are none currently) 
7158         return _core_
.PyApp_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7160     def ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7162         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool 
7164         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are 
7165         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested 
7166         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not. 
7168         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7170     def SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7172         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool 
7174         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more 
7175         idle time is requested. 
7177         return _core_
.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7179     def IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7181         IsActive(self) -> bool 
7183         Return True if our app has focus. 
7185         return _core_
.PyApp_IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7187     def SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7189         SetTopWindow(self, Window win) 
7191         Set the *main* top level window 
7193         return _core_
.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7195     def GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7197         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window 
7199         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously 
7200         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if 
7201         there not any, will return None) 
7203         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7205     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7207         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag) 
7209         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main 
7210         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program 
7211         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with 
7212         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop() 
7213         explicitly from somewhere. 
7215         return _core_
.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7217     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7219         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool 
7221         Get the current exit behaviour setting. 
7223         return _core_
.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7225     def SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7227         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag) 
7229         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on 
7230         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.) 
7232         return _core_
.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7234     def GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7236         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool 
7238         Get current UseBestVisual setting. 
7240         return _core_
.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7242     def SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7243         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)""" 
7244         return _core_
.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7246     def GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7247         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int""" 
7248         return _core_
.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7250     def SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7252         SetAssertMode(self, int mode) 
7254         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds. 
7256         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7258     def GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7260         GetAssertMode(self) -> int 
7262         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting. 
7264         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7266     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7267         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7268         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7270     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7271     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7272         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7273         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7275     GetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7276     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7277         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7278         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7280     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7281     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7282         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7283         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7285     GetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7286     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7287         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7288         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7290     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7291     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7292         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7293         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7295     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7296     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7297         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7298         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7300     SetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7301     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7302         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7303         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7305     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7306     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7307         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7308         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7310     SetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7311     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7312         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7313         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7315     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7316     def _BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7320         For internal use only 
7322         return _core_
.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7324     def GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7326         GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7328         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7329         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7331         return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7333     GetComCtl32Version 
= staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version
) 
7335 class PyAppPtr(PyApp
): 
7336     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7338         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7339         self
.__class
__ = PyApp
 
7340 _core_
.PyApp_swigregister(PyAppPtr
) 
7342 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7344     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7346     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7347     currently be dispatched. 
7349     return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7351 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7352     """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7353     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7355 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7356     """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7357     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7359 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7360     """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7361     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7363 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7364     """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7365     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7367 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7368     """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7369     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7371 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7372     """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7373     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7375 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7376     """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7377     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7379 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7380     """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7381     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7383 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7384     """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7385     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7387 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7388     """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7389     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7391 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7393     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7395     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7396     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7398     return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7400 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7403 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7407     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit() 
7409     return _core_
.Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7411 def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7415     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield() 
7417     return _core_
.Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7419 def YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7421     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool 
7423     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True) 
7425     return _core_
.YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7427 def SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7429     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7431     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the 
7432     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and 
7433     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window 
7434     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user 
7437     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`. 
7439     return _core_
.SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7441 def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7445     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be 
7448     return _core_
.WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7450 def PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7452     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event) 
7454     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed 
7457     return _core_
.PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7459 def App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7463     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when 
7466     return _core_
.App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7468 def GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7472     Return a reference to the current wx.App object. 
7474     return _core_
.GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7476 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7478     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding) 
7480     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a 
7481     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7483     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]`` 
7484     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale 
7485     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please 
7486     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
7487     between the common latin/roman encodings. 
7489     return _core_
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7491 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7493     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string 
7495     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to 
7496     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7498     return _core_
.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7499 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7501 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow
: 
7503     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and 
7504     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to 
7505     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area 
7506     and write the text there. 
7508     def __init__(self
, title 
= "wxPython: stdout/stderr"): 
7511         self
.pos    
= wx
.DefaultPosition
 
7512         self
.size   
= (450, 300) 
7515     def SetParent(self
, parent
): 
7516         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent.""" 
7517         self
.parent 
= parent
 
7520     def CreateOutputWindow(self
, st
): 
7521         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(self
.parent
, -1, self
.title
, self
.pos
, self
.size
, 
7522                               style
=wx
.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE
) 
7523         self
.text  
= wx
.TextCtrl(self
.frame
, -1, "", 
7524                                  style
=wx
.TE_MULTILINE|wx
.TE_READONLY
) 
7525         self
.text
.AppendText(st
) 
7526         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7527         EVT_CLOSE(self
.frame
, self
.OnCloseWindow
) 
7530     def OnCloseWindow(self
, event
): 
7531         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7532             self
.frame
.Destroy() 
7537     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour. 
7538     def write(self
, text
): 
7540         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it. 
7541         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses 
7542         CallAfter to do the work there. 
7544         if self
.frame 
is None: 
7545             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7546                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.CreateOutputWindow
, text
) 
7548                 self
.CreateOutputWindow(text
) 
7550             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7551                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.text
.AppendText
, text
) 
7553                 self
.text
.AppendText(text
) 
7557         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7558             wx
.CallAfter(self
.frame
.Close
) 
7566 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7568 _defRedirect 
= (wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMSW__' or wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMAC__') 
7570 class App(wx
.PyApp
): 
7572     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to: 
7574       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying 
7576       * set and get application-wide properties 
7577       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop, 
7578         and to dispatch events to window instances 
7581     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all 
7582     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the 
7583     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui 
7584     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized. 
7586     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an 
7587     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls 
7588     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``. 
7590     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used 
7594     outputWindowClass 
= PyOnDemandOutputWindow
 
7596     def __init__(self
, redirect
=_defRedirect
, filename
=None, 
7597                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7599         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.   
7601         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be 
7602             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False 
7603             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be 
7604             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can 
7605             control what kind of window is created for the output by 
7606             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a 
7607             class of your choosing.) 
7609         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if 
7612         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best 
7613             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on 
7614             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter 
7615             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later 
7616             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI 
7617             toolkit is initialized. 
7619         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the 
7620             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other 
7623         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition 
7624             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and 
7625             wxWidgets are fully initialized. 
7627         wx
.PyApp
.__init
__(self
) 
7629         if wx
.Platform 
== "__WXMAC__": 
7632                 if not MacOS
.WMAvailable(): 
7634 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw', 
7635 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of 
7643         # This has to be done before OnInit 
7644         self
.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual
) 
7646         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem 
7647         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this 
7648         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send 
7649         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By 
7650         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as 
7651         # expected (depending on platform.) 
7655                 signal
.signal(signal
.SIGINT
, signal
.SIG_DFL
) 
7659         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window? 
7660         self
.stdioWin 
= None 
7661         self
.saveStdio 
= (_sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
) 
7663             self
.RedirectStdio(filename
) 
7665         # Use Python's install prefix as the default   
7666         wx
.StandardPaths
.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys
.prefix
) 
7668         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls 
7669         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class 
7670         self
._BootstrapApp
() 
7673     def __del__(self
, destroy
=wx
.PyApp
.__del
__): 
7674         self
.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden 
7678         wx
.PyApp
.Destroy(self
) 
7681     def SetTopWindow(self
, frame
): 
7682         """Set the \"main\" top level window""" 
7684             self
.stdioWin
.SetParent(frame
) 
7685         wx
.PyApp
.SetTopWindow(self
, frame
) 
7689         """Execute the main GUI event loop""" 
7690         wx
.PyApp
.MainLoop(self
) 
7694     def RedirectStdio(self
, filename
=None): 
7695         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window.""" 
7697             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= open(filename
, 'a') 
7699             self
.stdioWin 
= self
.outputWindowClass() 
7700             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= self
.stdioWin
 
7703     def RestoreStdio(self
): 
7705             _sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr 
= self
.saveStdio
 
7710     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self
, title
=None, pos
=None, size
=None): 
7712         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if 
7713         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before 
7714         any output would cause the output window to be created. 
7717             if title 
is not None: 
7718                 self
.stdioWin
.title 
= title
 
7720                 self
.stdioWin
.pos 
= pos
 
7721             if size 
is not None: 
7722                 self
.stdioWin
.size 
= size
 
7727 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX 
7728 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7729 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7730 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7731 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7732 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7733 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7734 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7735 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7736 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7737 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7738 App_GetComCtl32Version           
= _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
 
7740 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7742 class PySimpleApp(wx
.App
): 
7744     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and 
7745     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry 
7746     about OnInit.  For example:: 
7748         app = wx.PySimpleApp() 
7749         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World') 
7756     def __init__(self
, redirect
=False, filename
=None, 
7757                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7759         :see: `wx.App.__init__` 
7761         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, redirect
, filename
, useBestVisual
, clearSigInt
) 
7768 # Is anybody using this one? 
7769 class PyWidgetTester(wx
.App
): 
7770     def __init__(self
, size 
= (250, 100)): 
7772         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, 0) 
7775         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos
=(0,0), size
=self
.size
) 
7776         self
.SetTopWindow(self
.frame
) 
7779     def SetWidget(self
, widgetClass
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7780         w 
= widgetClass(self
.frame
, *args
, **kwargs
) 
7781         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7783 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7784 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we 
7785 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When 
7786 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup 
7787 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function. 
7789 class __wxPyCleanup
: 
7791         self
.cleanup 
= _core_
.App_CleanUp
 
7795 _sys
.__wxPythonCleanup 
= __wxPyCleanup() 
7797 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early... 
7799 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp) 
7802 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7804 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7806 class EventLoop(object): 
7807     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class""" 
7809         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoop instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7810     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7811         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop""" 
7812         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EventLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7813         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7816     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoop
): 
7819             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7822     def Run(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7823         """Run(self) -> int""" 
7824         return _core_
.EventLoop_Run(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7826     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7827         """Exit(self, int rc=0)""" 
7828         return _core_
.EventLoop_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7830     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7831         """Pending(self) -> bool""" 
7832         return _core_
.EventLoop_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7834     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7835         """Dispatch(self) -> bool""" 
7836         return _core_
.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7838     def IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7839         """IsRunning(self) -> bool""" 
7840         return _core_
.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7842     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7843         """GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7844         return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7846     GetActive 
= staticmethod(GetActive
) 
7847     def SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7848         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7849         return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7851     SetActive 
= staticmethod(SetActive
) 
7853 class EventLoopPtr(EventLoop
): 
7854     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7856         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7857         self
.__class
__ = EventLoop
 
7858 _core_
.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoopPtr
) 
7860 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7861     """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7862     return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7864 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7865     """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7866     return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7868 class EventLoopActivator(object): 
7869     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class""" 
7871         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoopActivator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7872     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7873         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator""" 
7874         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EventLoopActivator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7875         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7878     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoopActivator
): 
7881             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7885 class EventLoopActivatorPtr(EventLoopActivator
): 
7886     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7888         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7889         self
.__class
__ = EventLoopActivator
 
7890 _core_
.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivatorPtr
) 
7892 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7894 class AcceleratorEntry(object): 
7896     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython 
7897     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a 
7898     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just 
7899     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values. 
7901     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable` 
7904         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorEntry instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7905     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7907         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry 
7909         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7911         newobj 
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7912         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7915     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorEntry
): 
7918             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7921     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7923         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd) 
7925         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7928         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7930     def GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7932         GetFlags(self) -> int 
7934         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags. 
7936         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7938     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7940         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
7942         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode. 
7944         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7946     def GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7948         GetCommand(self) -> int 
7950         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID. 
7952         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7955 class AcceleratorEntryPtr(AcceleratorEntry
): 
7956     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7958         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7959         self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorEntry
 
7960 _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntryPtr
) 
7962 class AcceleratorTable(Object
): 
7964     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of 
7965     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or 
7966     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are 
7970         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorTable instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7971     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7973         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable 
7975         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
7976         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID) 
7978         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
7980         newobj 
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7981         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7984     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorTable
): 
7987             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7990     def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7991         """Ok(self) -> bool""" 
7992         return _core_
.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7995 class AcceleratorTablePtr(AcceleratorTable
): 
7996     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7998         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7999         self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorTable
 
8000 _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTablePtr
) 
8003 def GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8004     """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
8005     return _core_
.GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8006 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
8008 class VisualAttributes(object): 
8009     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control""" 
8011         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxVisualAttributes instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
8012     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
8014         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes 
8016         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control 
8018         newobj 
= _core_
.new_VisualAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8019         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
8022     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_VisualAttributes
): 
8025             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
8028     font 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_font_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_font_set
) 
8029     colFg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_set
) 
8030     colBg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_set
) 
8032 class VisualAttributesPtr(VisualAttributes
): 
8033     def __init__(self
, this
): 
8035         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
8036         self
.__class
__ = VisualAttributes
 
8037 _core_
.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributesPtr
) 
8038 NullAcceleratorTable 
= cvar
.NullAcceleratorTable
 
8039 PanelNameStr 
= cvar
.PanelNameStr
 
8041 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
 
8042 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
 
8043 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
 
8044 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
 
8045 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
 
8046 class Window(EvtHandler
): 
8048     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible 
8049     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are 
8050     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't 
8051     appear on screen themselves. 
8055         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindow instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
8056     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
8058         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
8059             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window 
8061         Construct and show a generic Window. 
8063         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Window(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8064         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
8067         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
8069     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8071         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
8072             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool 
8074         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode. 
8076         return _core_
.Window_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8078     def Close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8080         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool 
8082         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually 
8083         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself, 
8084         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close 
8085         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window. 
8087         return _core_
.Window_Close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8089     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8091         Destroy(self) -> bool 
8093         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed 
8094         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list 
8095         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events 
8096         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to 
8097         non-existent windows. 
8099         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it 
8100         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion. 
8102         return _core_
.Window_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8104     def DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8106         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool 
8108         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the 
8111         return _core_
.Window_DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8113     def IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8115         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool 
8117         Is the window in the process of being deleted? 
8119         return _core_
.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8121     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8123         SetLabel(self, String label) 
8125         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable. 
8127         return _core_
.Window_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8129     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8131         GetLabel(self) -> String 
8133         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification 
8134         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to 
8135         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For 
8136         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function 
8137         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs 
8138         access programs)which need to identify windows by name. 
8140         return _core_
.Window_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8142     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8144         SetName(self, String name) 
8146         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting 
8147         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label 
8149         return _core_
.Window_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8151     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8153         GetName(self) -> String 
8155         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique; 
8156         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window 
8157         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName. 
8159         return _core_
.Window_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8161     def SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8163         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant) 
8165         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if 
8166         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac. 
8168         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8170     def GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8171         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int""" 
8172         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8174     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8176         SetId(self, int winid) 
8178         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
8179         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier 
8180         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on 
8181         creation and should not be modified subsequently. 
8183         return _core_
.Window_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8185     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8189         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
8190         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id 
8191         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be 
8194         return _core_
.Window_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8196     def NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8198         NewControlId() -> int 
8200         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
8202         return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8204     NewControlId 
= staticmethod(NewControlId
) 
8205     def NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8207         NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
8209         Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
8212         return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8214     NextControlId 
= staticmethod(NextControlId
) 
8215     def PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8217         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
8219         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
8222         return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8224     PrevControlId 
= staticmethod(PrevControlId
) 
8225     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8227         SetSize(self, Size size) 
8229         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8231         return _core_
.Window_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8233     def SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8235         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8237         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags 
8238         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are 
8241             ========================  ====================================== 
8242             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific 
8243                                       default should be used. 
8244             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if 
8245                                       -1 values are supplied. 
8246             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be 
8247                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not 
8249             ========================  ====================================== 
8252         return _core_
.Window_SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8254     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8256         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8258         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect. 
8260         return _core_
.Window_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8262     def SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8264         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8266         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8268         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8270     def Move(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8272         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8274         Moves the window to the given position. 
8276         return _core_
.Window_Move(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8279     def MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8281         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8283         Moves the window to the given position. 
8285         return _core_
.Window_MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8287     def SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8289         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize) 
8291         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the 
8292         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers. 
8294         return _core_
.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8296     def Raise(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8300         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current 
8301         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows. 
8303         return _core_
.Window_Raise(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8305     def Lower(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8309         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current 
8310         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows. 
8312         return _core_
.Window_Lower(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8314     def SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8316         SetClientSize(self, Size size) 
8318         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8319         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8320         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8321         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8322         around panel items, for example. 
8324         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8326     def SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8328         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8330         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8331         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8332         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8333         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8334         around panel items, for example. 
8336         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8338     def SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8340         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect) 
8342         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8343         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8344         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8345         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8346         around panel items, for example. 
8348         return _core_
.Window_SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8350     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8352         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
8354         Get the window's position. 
8356         return _core_
.Window_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8358     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8360         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
8362         Get the window's position. 
8364         return _core_
.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8366     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8368         GetSize(self) -> Size 
8370         Get the window size. 
8372         return _core_
.Window_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8374     def GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8376         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8378         Get the window size. 
8380         return _core_
.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8382     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8384         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
8386         Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object. 
8388         return _core_
.Window_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8390     def GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8392         GetClientSize(self) -> Size 
8394         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8395         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8396         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8398         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8400     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8402         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8404         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8405         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8406         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8408         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8410     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8412         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point 
8414         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the 
8415         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of 
8416         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...) 
8418         return _core_
.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8420     def GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8422         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect 
8424         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object. 
8426         return _core_
.Window_GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8428     def GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8430         GetBestSize(self) -> Size 
8432         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8433         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8434         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8435         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8436         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8439         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8441     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8443         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8445         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8446         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8447         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8448         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8449         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8452         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8454     def InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8456         InvalidateBestSize(self) 
8458         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next 
8461         return _core_
.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8463     def CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8465         CacheBestSize(self, Size size) 
8467         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until 
8468         some properties of the window change.) 
8470         return _core_
.Window_CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8472     def GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8474         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size 
8476         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's 
8477         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns 
8481         return _core_
.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8483     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8485         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size 
8487         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one 
8488         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the 
8489         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any 
8490         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window 
8491         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly 
8494         return _core_
.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8496     def Center(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8498         Center(self, int direction=BOTH) 
8500         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for 
8501         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may 
8502         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window 
8503         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a 
8504         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered 
8505         relative to the screen. 
8507         return _core_
.Window_Center(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8510     def CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8512         CenterOnScreen(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8514         Center on screen (only works for top level windows) 
8516         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8518     CentreOnScreen 
= CenterOnScreen 
 
8519     def CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8521         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8523         Center with respect to the the parent window 
8525         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8527     CentreOnParent 
= CenterOnParent 
 
8528     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8532         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function 
8533         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work 
8534         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the 
8535         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result 
8536         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of 
8537         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize()) 
8538         instead of calling Fit. 
8540         return _core_
.Window_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8542     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8546         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a 
8547         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after 
8548         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled 
8549         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do 
8550         anything if there are no subwindows. 
8552         return _core_
.Window_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8554     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8556         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,  
8559         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8560         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8561         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8562         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8563         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8564         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8566         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8568         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8570     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8572         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize) 
8574         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8575         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8576         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8577         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8578         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8579         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8581         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8583         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8585     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8587         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1) 
8589         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8590         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8591         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8592         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8594         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8596     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8598         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize) 
8600         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8601         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8602         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8603         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8605         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8607     def GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8608         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size""" 
8609         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8611     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8612         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size""" 
8613         return _core_
.Window_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8615     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8617         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize) 
8619         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8622         return _core_
.Window_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8624     def SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8626         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize) 
8628         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8631         return _core_
.Window_SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8633     def GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8634         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int""" 
8635         return _core_
.Window_GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8637     def GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8638         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int""" 
8639         return _core_
.Window_GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8641     def GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8642         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int""" 
8643         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8645     def GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8646         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int""" 
8647         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8649     def SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8651         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size) 
8653         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8654         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8655         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8657         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8659     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8661         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h) 
8663         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8664         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8665         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8667         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8669     def GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8671         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8673         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8674         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8675         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8677         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8679     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8681         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8683         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8684         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8685         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8687         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8689     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8691         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8693         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a 
8694         sizer, interior children, or other means) 
8696         return _core_
.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8698     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8700         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool 
8702         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level 
8703         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if 
8704         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if 
8705         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done 
8706         because it already was in the requested state. 
8708         return _core_
.Window_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8710     def Hide(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8714         Equivalent to calling Show(False). 
8716         return _core_
.Window_Hide(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8718     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8720         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool 
8722         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent 
8723         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they 
8724         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window 
8725         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the 
8726         window had already been in the specified state. 
8728         return _core_
.Window_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8730     def Disable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8732         Disable(self) -> bool 
8734         Disables the window, same as Enable(false). 
8736         return _core_
.Window_Disable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8738     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8740         IsShown(self) -> bool 
8742         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden. 
8744         return _core_
.Window_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8746     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8748         IsEnabled(self) -> bool 
8750         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise. 
8752         return _core_
.Window_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8754     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8756         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style) 
8758         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be 
8759         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be 
8760         called after changing the others for the change to take place 
8763         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8765     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8767         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long 
8769         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create 
8772         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8774     SetWindowStyle 
= SetWindowStyleFlag
; GetWindowStyle 
= GetWindowStyleFlag 
 
8775     def HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8777         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool 
8779         Test if the given style is set for this window. 
8781         return _core_
.Window_HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8783     def IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8785         IsRetained(self) -> bool 
8787         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained 
8788         windows are only available on X platforms. 
8790         return _core_
.Window_IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8792     def SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8794         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle) 
8796         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less 
8797         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with 
8798         SetWindowStyleFlag() 
8800         return _core_
.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8802     def GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8804         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long 
8806         Returns the extra style bits for the window. 
8808         return _core_
.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8810     def MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8812         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True) 
8814         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can 
8815         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this 
8818         return _core_
.Window_MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8820     def SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8822         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme) 
8824         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme" 
8825          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background 
8826          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support 
8827          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is 
8828          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a 
8829          user's selected theme. 
8831         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true 
8832         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best. 
8834         return _core_
.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8836     def GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8838         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool 
8840         Return the themeEnabled flag. 
8842         return _core_
.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8844     def SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8848         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input. 
8850         return _core_
.Window_SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8852     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8854         SetFocusFromKbd(self) 
8856         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally 
8857         only called internally. 
8859         return _core_
.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8861     def FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8863         FindFocus() -> Window 
8865         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
8868         return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8870     FindFocus 
= staticmethod(FindFocus
) 
8871     def AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8873         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool 
8875         Can this window have focus? 
8877         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8879     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8881         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool 
8883         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the 
8884         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click 
8887         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8889     def GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8891         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window 
8893         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated 
8894         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog. 
8896         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8898     def SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8900         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window 
8902         Set this child as default, return the old default. 
8904         return _core_
.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8906     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8908         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win) 
8910         Set this child as temporary default 
8912         return _core_
.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8914     def Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8916         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool 
8918         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a 
8919         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`. 
8921         return _core_
.Window_Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8923     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8925         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
8927         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified 
8928         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on 
8929         that other window, the focus switches to this window. 
8931         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function 
8932         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the 
8936         return _core_
.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8938     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8940         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
8942         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just 
8943         before win instead of putting it right after it. 
8945         return _core_
.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8947     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8949         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject 
8951         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a 
8952         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return 
8953         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children 
8956         return _core_
.Window_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8958     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8960         GetParent(self) -> Window 
8962         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one. 
8964         return _core_
.Window_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8966     def GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8968         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window 
8970         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there 
8973         return _core_
.Window_GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8975     def IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8977         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool 
8979         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all 
8980         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even 
8981         if they have a parent window). 
8983         return _core_
.Window_IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8985     def Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8987         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool 
8989         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current 
8990         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then 
8991         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True 
8992         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent == 
8995         return _core_
.Window_Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8997     def AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8999         AddChild(self, Window child) 
9001         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation 
9002         functions so should not be required by the application programmer. 
9004         return _core_
.Window_AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9006     def RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9008         RemoveChild(self, Window child) 
9010         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window 
9011         deletion functions so should not be required by the application 
9014         return _core_
.Window_RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9016     def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9018         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window 
9020         Find a chld of this window by window ID 
9022         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9024     def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9026         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window 
9028         Find a child of this window by name 
9030         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9032     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9034         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler 
9036         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is 
9037         its own event handler. 
9039         return _core_
.Window_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9041     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9043         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
9045         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object 
9046         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default, 
9047         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to 
9048         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of 
9049         event-handling for a variety of different window classes. 
9051         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets 
9052         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event 
9053         handler is handed to the next one in the chain. 
9055         return _core_
.Window_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9057     def PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9059         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
9061         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window. 
9062         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events 
9063         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but 
9064         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow 
9065         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different 
9068         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of 
9069         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is 
9070         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to 
9071         remove the event handler. 
9073         return _core_
.Window_PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9075     def PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9077         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler 
9079         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler 
9080         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be 
9081         destroyed after it is popped. 
9083         return _core_
.Window_PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9085     def RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9087         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool 
9089         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not 
9090         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found 
9091         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this 
9092         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be 
9095         return _core_
.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9097     def SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9099         SetValidator(self, Validator validator) 
9101         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator, 
9102         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this 
9105         return _core_
.Window_SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9107     def GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9109         GetValidator(self) -> Validator 
9111         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if 
9114         return _core_
.Window_GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9116     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9118         Validate(self) -> bool 
9120         Validates the current values of the child controls using their 
9121         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
9122         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child 
9123         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed. 
9125         return _core_
.Window_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9127     def TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9129         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool 
9131         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their 
9132         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
9133         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of 
9136         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9138     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9140         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool 
9142         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their 
9143         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has 
9144         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will 
9145         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows. 
9147         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9149     def InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9153         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data 
9154         to the dialog via validators. 
9156         return _core_
.Window_InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9158     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9160         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel) 
9162         Sets the accelerator table for this window. 
9164         return _core_
.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9166     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9168         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable 
9170         Gets the accelerator table for this window. 
9172         return _core_
.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9174     def RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9176         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool 
9178         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey 
9179         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will 
9180         receive the event even if the application is in the background and 
9181         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some 
9182         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey 
9183         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the 
9184         hotkey was registered successfully. 
9186         return _core_
.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9188     def UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9190         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool 
9192         Unregisters a system wide hotkey. 
9194         return _core_
.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9196     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9198         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9200         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9201         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9202         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9203         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9204         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9207         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9209     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9211         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9213         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9214         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9215         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9216         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9217         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9220         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9222     def DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9224         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9226         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9227         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9228         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9229         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9230         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9233         return _core_
.Window_DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9235     def DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9237         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9239         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9240         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9241         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9242         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9243         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9246         return _core_
.Window_DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9248     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9249         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point""" 
9250         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9252     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9253         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size""" 
9254         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9256     def WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9258         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y) 
9260         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window. 
9262         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human 
9263         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically. 
9265         return _core_
.Window_WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9267     def CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9271         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to 
9272         release the capture. 
9274         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the 
9275         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window 
9276         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if 
9277         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must 
9278         release the mouse as many times as you capture it. 
9280         return _core_
.Window_CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9282     def ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9286         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse. 
9288         return _core_
.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9290     def GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9292         GetCapture() -> Window 
9294         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
9296         return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9298     GetCapture 
= staticmethod(GetCapture
) 
9299     def HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9301         HasCapture(self) -> bool 
9303         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture. 
9305         return _core_
.Window_HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9307     def Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9309         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None) 
9311         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it 
9312         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent 
9315         return _core_
.Window_Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9317     def RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9319         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True) 
9321         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will 
9322         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax. 
9324         return _core_
.Window_RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9326     def Update(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9330         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the 
9331         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally 
9332         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the 
9333         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and 
9334         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh 
9335         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of 
9336         it) unconditionally. 
9338         return _core_
.Window_Update(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9340     def ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9342         ClearBackground(self) 
9344         Clears the window by filling it with the current background 
9345         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated. 
9347         return _core_
.Window_ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9349     def Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9353         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from 
9354         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be 
9355         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be 
9356         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has 
9359         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example, 
9360         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into 
9361         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor 
9362         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a 
9363         mandatory directive. 
9365         return _core_
.Window_Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9367     def Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9371         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to 
9372         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of 
9373         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated. 
9375         return _core_
.Window_Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9377     def PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9379         PrepareDC(self, DC dc) 
9381         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a 
9382         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current 
9385         return _core_
.Window_PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9387     def GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9389         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region 
9391         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been 
9392         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler. 
9394         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9396     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9398         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect 
9400         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords. 
9402         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9404     def IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9406         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool 
9408         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9409         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9410         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9413         return _core_
.Window_IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9415     def IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9417         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool 
9419         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9420         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9421         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9424         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9426     def IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9428         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
9430         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9431         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9432         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9435         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9437     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9439         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes 
9441         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is 
9442         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control 
9443         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard 
9444         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of 
9445         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9447         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9449     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9451         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
9453         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
9454         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
9455         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
9456         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
9457         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9459         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
9460         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
9461         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
9464         return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9466     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
9467     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9469         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9471         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour 
9472         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default 
9473         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and 
9474         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window 
9475         to the default background colour. 
9477         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate 
9478         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after 
9479         calling this function. 
9481         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this 
9482         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the 
9483         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all 
9484         applications on the system. 
9486         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9488     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9489         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9490         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9492     def SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9494         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9496         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour 
9497         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on 
9498         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may 
9501         return _core_
.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9503     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9504         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9505         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9507     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9509         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9511         Returns the background colour of the window. 
9513         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9515     def GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9517         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9519         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of 
9520         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text 
9521         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all. 
9523         return _core_
.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9525     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9526         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool""" 
9527         return _core_
.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9529     def UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9530         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool""" 
9531         return _core_
.Window_UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9533     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9535         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool 
9537         Returns the background style of the window. The background style 
9538         indicates how the background of the window is drawn. 
9540             ======================  ======================================== 
9541             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should 
9542                                     be determined by the system 
9543             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour 
9544             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the 
9546             ======================  ======================================== 
9548         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of 
9549         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has 
9550         no effect on other platforms. 
9552         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour` 
9554         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9556     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9558         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int 
9560         Returns the background style of the window. 
9562         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle` 
9564         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9566     def HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9568         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool 
9570         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for 
9571         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's 
9574         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you 
9575         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override 
9576         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted 
9579         return _core_
.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9581     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9583         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool 
9585         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it 
9586         for the children of the window implicitly. 
9588         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will 
9589         be reset back to default. 
9591         return _core_
.Window_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9593     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9595         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
9597         Return the cursor associated with this window. 
9599         return _core_
.Window_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9601     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9603         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool 
9605         Sets the font for this window. 
9607         return _core_
.Window_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9609     def SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9610         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)""" 
9611         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9613     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9615         GetFont(self) -> Font 
9617         Returns the default font used for this window. 
9619         return _core_
.Window_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9621     def SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9623         SetCaret(self, Caret caret) 
9625         Sets the caret associated with the window. 
9627         return _core_
.Window_SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9629     def GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9631         GetCaret(self) -> Caret 
9633         Returns the caret associated with the window. 
9635         return _core_
.Window_GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9637     def GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9639         GetCharHeight(self) -> int 
9641         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9643         return _core_
.Window_GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9645     def GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9647         GetCharWidth(self) -> int 
9649         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9651         return _core_
.Window_GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9653     def GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9655         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height) 
9657         Get the width and height of the text using the current font. 
9659         return _core_
.Window_GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9661     def GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9663         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) -> 
9664            (width, height, descent, externalLeading) 
9666         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the 
9667         current or specified font. 
9669         return _core_
.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9671     def ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9673         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9675         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9677         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9679     def ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9681         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9683         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9685         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9687     def ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9689         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9691         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9693         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9695     def ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9697         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9699         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9701         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9703     def HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9705         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int 
9707         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9709         return _core_
.Window_HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9711     def HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9713         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int 
9715         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9717         return _core_
.Window_HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9719     def GetBorder(*args
): 
9721         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int 
9722         GetBorder(self) -> int 
9724         Get border for the flags of this window 
9726         return _core_
.Window_GetBorder(*args
) 
9728     def UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9730         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE) 
9732         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular 
9733         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will 
9734         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will 
9735         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this 
9736         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at 
9737         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are 
9738         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called 
9739         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to 
9740         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events 
9743         return _core_
.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9745     def PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9747         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool 
9749         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9750         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9751         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9752         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9753         mouse cursor will be used. 
9755         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9757     def PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9759         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool 
9761         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9762         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9763         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9764         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9765         mouse cursor will be used. 
9767         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9769     def GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9771         GetHandle(self) -> long 
9773         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the 
9774         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the 
9775         toplevel parent of the window. 
9777         return _core_
.Window_GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9779     def AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9781         AssociateHandle(self, long handle) 
9783         Associate the window with a new native handle 
9785         return _core_
.Window_AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9787     def DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9789         DissociateHandle(self) 
9791         Dissociate the current native handle from the window 
9793         return _core_
.Window_DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9795     def HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9797         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool 
9799         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation? 
9801         return _core_
.Window_HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9803     def SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9805         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,  
9808         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar. 
9810         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9812     def SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9814         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True) 
9816         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars. 
9818         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9820     def GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9822         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int 
9824         Returns the built-in scrollbar position. 
9826         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9828     def GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9830         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int 
9832         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size. 
9834         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9836     def GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9838         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int 
9840         Returns the built-in scrollbar range. 
9842         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9844     def ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9846         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None) 
9848         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows 
9849         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling 
9850         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that 
9851         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program. 
9853         return _core_
.Window_ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9855     def ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9857         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool 
9859         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
9860         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines 
9861         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
9862         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
9864         return _core_
.Window_ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9866     def ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9868         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool 
9870         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
9871         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages 
9872         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
9873         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
9875         return _core_
.Window_ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9877     def LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9879         LineUp(self) -> bool 
9881         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1). 
9883         return _core_
.Window_LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9885     def LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9887         LineDown(self) -> bool 
9889         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1). 
9891         return _core_
.Window_LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9893     def PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9895         PageUp(self) -> bool 
9897         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1). 
9899         return _core_
.Window_PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9901     def PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9903         PageDown(self) -> bool 
9905         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1). 
9907         return _core_
.Window_PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9909     def SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9911         SetHelpText(self, String text) 
9913         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
9914         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
9915         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
9917         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9919     def SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9921         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text) 
9923         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this 
9926         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9928     def GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9930         GetHelpText(self) -> String 
9932         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
9933         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
9934         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
9936         return _core_
.Window_GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9938     def SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9940         SetToolTipString(self, String tip) 
9942         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
9944         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9946     def SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9948         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip) 
9950         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
9952         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9954     def GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9956         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip 
9958         get the associated tooltip or None if none 
9960         return _core_
.Window_GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9962     def SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9964         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget) 
9966         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has 
9967         a drop target, it is deleted. 
9969         return _core_
.Window_SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9971     def GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9973         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget 
9975         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None. 
9977         return _core_
.Window_GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9979     def DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9981         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept) 
9983         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES. 
9984         Only functional on Windows. 
9986         return _core_
.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9988     def SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9990         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints) 
9992         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing 
9993         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be 
9994         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current 
9997         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints 
9998         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must 
9999         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting 
10000         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have 
10003         return _core_
.Window_SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10005     def GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10007         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints 
10009         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there 
10012         return _core_
.Window_GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10014     def SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10016         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout) 
10018         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically 
10019         when the window is resized.  It is called implicitly by SetSizer but 
10020         if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the 
10021         window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes. 
10023         return _core_
.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10025     def GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10027         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool 
10029         Returns the current autoLayout setting 
10031         return _core_
.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10033     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10035         Layout(self) -> bool 
10037         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based 
10038         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on, 
10039         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE 
10040         handler when the window is resized. 
10042         return _core_
.Window_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10044     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10046         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
10048         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then 
10049         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing 
10050         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted 
10051         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also 
10052         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is 
10053         non-None, and False otherwise. 
10055         return _core_
.Window_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10057     def SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10059         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
10061         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the 
10062         window based on the sizer's minimum size. 
10064         return _core_
.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10066     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10068         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
10070         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to 
10071         SetSizer or None if there isn't one. 
10073         return _core_
.Window_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10075     def SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10077         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
10079         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is 
10080         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so 
10081         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed. 
10083         return _core_
.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10085     def GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10087         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer 
10089         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None. 
10091         return _core_
.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10093     def InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10095         InheritAttributes(self) 
10097         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called 
10098         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual 
10099         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background 
10102         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use 
10103         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's 
10104         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not 
10105         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been 
10106         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same 
10107         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides 
10108         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed 
10109         no matter what and only the font might. 
10111         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the 
10112         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default 
10113         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as 
10114         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours) 
10115         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the 
10116         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change 
10117         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or 
10118         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the 
10119         parents attributes. 
10122         return _core_
.Window_InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10124     def ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10126         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool 
10128         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be 
10129         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them 
10130         from the parent window. 
10132         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in 
10133         wxControl where it returns true. 
10135         return _core_
.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10137     def PostCreate(self
, pre
): 
10139         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!> 
10140         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method. 
10142         self
.this 
= pre
.this
 
10143         self
.thisown 
= pre
.thisown
 
10145         if hasattr(self
, '_setOORInfo'): 
10146             self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10147         if hasattr(self
, '_setCallbackInfo'): 
10148             self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
.__class
__) 
10151 class WindowPtr(Window
): 
10152     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10154         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10155         self
.__class
__ = Window
 
10156 _core_
.Window_swigregister(WindowPtr
) 
10158 def PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10160     PreWindow() -> Window 
10162     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation. 
10164     val 
= _core_
.new_PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10168 def Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10170     Window_NewControlId() -> int 
10172     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
10174     return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10176 def Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10178     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
10180     Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
10183     return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10185 def Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10187     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
10189     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
10192     return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10194 def Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10196     Window_FindFocus() -> Window 
10198     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
10201     return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10203 def Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10205     Window_GetCapture() -> Window 
10207     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
10209     return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10211 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10213     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10215     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10216     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10217     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10218     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10219     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10221     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10222     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10223     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10226     return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10228 def DLG_PNT(win
, point_or_x
, y
=None): 
10230     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in 
10231     dialog units to pixel units. 
10234         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x
) 
10236         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx
.Point(point_or_x
, y
)) 
10238 def DLG_SZE(win
, size_width
, height
=None): 
10240     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in 
10241     dialog units to pixel units. 
10244         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width
) 
10246         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx
.Size(size_width
, height
)) 
10249 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10251     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10253     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent 
10254     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog 
10255     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10256     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10258     return _core_
.FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10260 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10262     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10264     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create 
10265     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all 
10266     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be 
10267     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both 
10270     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called. 
10272     return _core_
.FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10274 def FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10276     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10278     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label 
10279     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the 
10280     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if 
10281     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10282     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10284     return _core_
.FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10286 def Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10287     """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window""" 
10288     return _core_
.Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10290 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10292     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject 
10294     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames, 
10295     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained 
10296     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows 
10297     are closed or new top-level windows are created. 
10300     return _core_
.GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10301 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10303 class Validator(EvtHandler
): 
10304     """Proxy of C++ Validator class""" 
10305     def __repr__(self
): 
10306         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10307     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10308         """__init__(self) -> Validator""" 
10309         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Validator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10310         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10313         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10315     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10316         """Clone(self) -> Validator""" 
10317         return _core_
.Validator_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10319     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10320         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool""" 
10321         return _core_
.Validator_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10323     def TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10324         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10325         return _core_
.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10327     def TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10328         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10329         return _core_
.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10331     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10332         """GetWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10333         return _core_
.Validator_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10335     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10336         """SetWindow(self, Window window)""" 
10337         return _core_
.Validator_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10339     def IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10340         """IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10341         return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10343     IsSilent 
= staticmethod(IsSilent
) 
10344     def SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10345         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10346         return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10348     SetBellOnError 
= staticmethod(SetBellOnError
) 
10350 class ValidatorPtr(Validator
): 
10351     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10353         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10354         self
.__class
__ = Validator
 
10355 _core_
.Validator_swigregister(ValidatorPtr
) 
10357 def Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10358     """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10359     return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10361 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10362     """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10363     return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10365 class PyValidator(Validator
): 
10366     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class""" 
10367     def __repr__(self
): 
10368         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10369     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10370         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator""" 
10371         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10372         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10376         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyValidator
, 1) 
10377         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10379     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10380         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)""" 
10381         return _core_
.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10384 class PyValidatorPtr(PyValidator
): 
10385     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10387         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10388         self
.__class
__ = PyValidator
 
10389 _core_
.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidatorPtr
) 
10391 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10393 class Menu(EvtHandler
): 
10394     """Proxy of C++ Menu class""" 
10395     def __repr__(self
): 
10396         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenu instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10397     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10398         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu""" 
10399         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Menu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10400         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10403         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10405     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10406         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem""" 
10407         return _core_
.Menu_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10409     def AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10410         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10411         return _core_
.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10413     def AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10414         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10415         return _core_
.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10417     def AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10418         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10419         return _core_
.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10421     def AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10422         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10423         return _core_
.Menu_AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10425     def AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10426         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10427         return _core_
.Menu_AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10429     def Break(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10431         return _core_
.Menu_Break(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10433     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10434         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10435         return _core_
.Menu_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10437     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10439         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,  
10440             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10442         return _core_
.Menu_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10444     def InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10445         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem""" 
10446         return _core_
.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10448     def InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10449         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10450         return _core_
.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10452     def InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10453         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10454         return _core_
.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10456     def InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10457         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10458         return _core_
.Menu_InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10460     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10461         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10462         return _core_
.Menu_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10464     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10465         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem""" 
10466         return _core_
.Menu_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10468     def PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10469         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10470         return _core_
.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10472     def PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10473         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10474         return _core_
.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10476     def PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10477         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10478         return _core_
.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10480     def PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10481         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10482         return _core_
.Menu_PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10484     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10485         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10486         return _core_
.Menu_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10488     def RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10489         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10490         return _core_
.Menu_RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10492     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10493         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10494         return _core_
.Menu_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10496     def DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10497         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" 
10498         return _core_
.Menu_DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10500     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10504         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10506         return _core_
.Menu_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10508     def DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10510         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool 
10512         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10514         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10516     def DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10518         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool 
10520         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10522         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10524     def GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10525         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10526         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10528     def GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10529         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject""" 
10530         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10532     def FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10533         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int""" 
10534         return _core_
.Menu_FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10536     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10537         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10538         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10540     def FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10541         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem""" 
10542         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10544     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10545         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10546         return _core_
.Menu_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10548     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10549         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10550         return _core_
.Menu_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10552     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10553         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10554         return _core_
.Menu_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10556     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10557         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10558         return _core_
.Menu_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10560     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10561         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10562         return _core_
.Menu_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10564     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10565         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10566         return _core_
.Menu_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10568     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10569         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10570         return _core_
.Menu_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10572     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10573         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10574         return _core_
.Menu_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10576     def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10577         """SetTitle(self, String title)""" 
10578         return _core_
.Menu_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10580     def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10581         """GetTitle(self) -> String""" 
10582         return _core_
.Menu_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10584     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10585         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
10586         return _core_
.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10588     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10589         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
10590         return _core_
.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10592     def SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10593         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)""" 
10594         return _core_
.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10596     def GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10597         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10598         return _core_
.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10600     def GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10601         """GetStyle(self) -> long""" 
10602         return _core_
.Menu_GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10604     def UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10605         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)""" 
10606         return _core_
.Menu_UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10608     def GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10609         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar""" 
10610         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10612     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10613         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)""" 
10614         return _core_
.Menu_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10616     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10618         return _core_
.Menu_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10620     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10621         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10622         return _core_
.Menu_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10624     def SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10625         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)""" 
10626         return _core_
.Menu_SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10628     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10629         """GetParent(self) -> Menu""" 
10630         return _core_
.Menu_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10633 class MenuPtr(Menu
): 
10634     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10636         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10637         self
.__class
__ = Menu
 
10638 _core_
.Menu_swigregister(MenuPtr
) 
10639 DefaultValidator 
= cvar
.DefaultValidator
 
10641 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10643 class MenuBar(Window
): 
10644     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class""" 
10645     def __repr__(self
): 
10646         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuBar instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10647     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10648         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar""" 
10649         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10650         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10653         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10655     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10656         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10657         return _core_
.MenuBar_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10659     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10660         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10661         return _core_
.MenuBar_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10663     def GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10664         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10665         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10667     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10668         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10669         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10671     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10672         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu""" 
10673         return _core_
.MenuBar_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10675     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10676         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10677         return _core_
.MenuBar_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10679     def EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10680         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)""" 
10681         return _core_
.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10683     def IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10684         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool""" 
10685         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10687     def SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10688         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)""" 
10689         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10691     def GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10692         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String""" 
10693         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10695     def FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10696         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int""" 
10697         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10699     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10700         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10701         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10703     def FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10704         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int""" 
10705         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10707     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10708         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10709         return _core_
.MenuBar_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10711     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10712         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10713         return _core_
.MenuBar_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10715     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10716         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10717         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10719     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10720         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10721         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10723     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10724         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10725         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10727     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10728         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10729         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10731     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10732         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10733         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10735     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10736         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10737         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10739     def GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10740         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame""" 
10741         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10743     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10744         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10745         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10747     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10748         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)""" 
10749         return _core_
.MenuBar_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10751     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10753         return _core_
.MenuBar_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10755     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10756         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
10757         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10759     SetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu
) 
10760     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10761         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
10762         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10764     GetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu
) 
10766 class MenuBarPtr(MenuBar
): 
10767     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10769         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10770         self
.__class
__ = MenuBar
 
10771 _core_
.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBarPtr
) 
10773 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10774     """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
10775     return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10777 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10778     """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
10779     return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10781 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10783 class MenuItem(Object
): 
10784     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class""" 
10785     def __repr__(self
): 
10786         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10787     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10789         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,  
10790             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,  
10791             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem 
10793         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10794         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10797     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10798         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
10799         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10801     def SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10802         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
10803         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10805     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10806         """SetId(self, int id)""" 
10807         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10809     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10810         """GetId(self) -> int""" 
10811         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10813     def IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10814         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool""" 
10815         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10817     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10818         """SetText(self, String str)""" 
10819         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10821     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10822         """GetLabel(self) -> String""" 
10823         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10825     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10826         """GetText(self) -> String""" 
10827         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10829     def GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10830         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
10831         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10833     GetLabelFromText 
= staticmethod(GetLabelFromText
) 
10834     def GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10835         """GetKind(self) -> int""" 
10836         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10838     def SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10839         """SetKind(self, int kind)""" 
10840         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10842     def SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10843         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)""" 
10844         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10846     def IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10847         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool""" 
10848         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10850     def IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10851         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool""" 
10852         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10854     def SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10855         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
10856         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10858     def GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10859         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
10860         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10862     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10863         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)""" 
10864         return _core_
.MenuItem_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10866     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10867         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
10868         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10870     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10871         """Check(self, bool check=True)""" 
10872         return _core_
.MenuItem_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10874     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10875         """IsChecked(self) -> bool""" 
10876         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10878     def Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10880         return _core_
.MenuItem_Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10882     def SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10883         """SetHelp(self, String str)""" 
10884         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10886     def GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10887         """GetHelp(self) -> String""" 
10888         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10890     def GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10891         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
10892         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10894     def SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10895         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)""" 
10896         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10898     def SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10899         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)""" 
10900         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10902     def GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10903         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
10904         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10906     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10907         """SetFont(self, Font font)""" 
10908         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10910     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10911         """GetFont(self) -> Font""" 
10912         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10914     def SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10915         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)""" 
10916         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10918     def GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10919         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour""" 
10920         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10922     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10923         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)""" 
10924         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10926     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10927         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour""" 
10928         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10930     def SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10931         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)""" 
10932         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10934     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10935         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)""" 
10936         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10938     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10939         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
10940         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10942     def SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10943         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)""" 
10944         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10946     def GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10947         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int""" 
10948         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10950     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10951         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
10952         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10954     GetDefaultMarginWidth 
= staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth
) 
10955     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10956         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool""" 
10957         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10959     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10960         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)""" 
10961         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10963     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10964         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)""" 
10965         return _core_
.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10968 class MenuItemPtr(MenuItem
): 
10969     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10971         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10972         self
.__class
__ = MenuItem
 
10973 _core_
.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItemPtr
) 
10975 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10976     """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
10977     return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10979 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10980     """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
10981     return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10983 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10985 class Control(Window
): 
10987     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'. 
10989     A control is generally a small window which processes user input 
10990     and/or displays one or more item of data. 
10992     def __repr__(self
): 
10993         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControl instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10994     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10996         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
10997             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
10998             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control 
11000         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass' 
11001         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful. 
11003         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Control(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11004         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11007         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11009     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11011         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
11012             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
11013             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool 
11015         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control. 
11017         return _core_
.Control_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11019     def Command(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11021         Command(self, CommandEvent event) 
11023         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item. 
11025         :see: `wx.CommandEvent` 
11028         return _core_
.Control_Command(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11030     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11032         GetLabel(self) -> String 
11034         Return a control's text. 
11036         return _core_
.Control_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11038     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11040         SetLabel(self, String label) 
11042         Sets the item's text. 
11044         return _core_
.Control_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11046     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11048         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
11050         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
11051         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
11052         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
11053         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
11054         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
11056         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
11057         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
11058         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
11061         return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11063     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
11065 class ControlPtr(Control
): 
11066     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11068         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11069         self
.__class
__ = Control
 
11070 _core_
.Control_swigregister(ControlPtr
) 
11071 ControlNameStr 
= cvar
.ControlNameStr
 
11073 def PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11075     PreControl() -> Control 
11077     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation 
11079     val 
= _core_
.new_PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11083 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11085     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
11087     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
11088     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
11089     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
11090     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
11091     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
11093     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
11094     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
11095     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
11098     return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11100 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11102 class ItemContainer(object): 
11104     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented 
11105     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be 
11106     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well 
11107     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from 
11110     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although 
11111     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still 
11112     all conform to the same interface. 
11114     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and, 
11115     optionally, client data associated with them. 
11118     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11119     def __repr__(self
): 
11120         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxItemContainer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11121     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11123         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
11125         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item 
11126         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item 
11127         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g. 
11128         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style). 
11130         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11132     def AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11134         AppendItems(self, List strings) 
11136         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this 
11137         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you 
11138         need to add a lot of items. 
11140         return _core_
.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11142     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11144         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
11146         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index, 
11147         optionally associating some data object with the item. 
11149         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11151     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11155         Removes all items from the control. 
11157         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11159     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11161         Delete(self, int n) 
11163         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note 
11164         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if 
11165         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal 
11166         than the number of items in the control. 
11168         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11170     def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11172         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject 
11174         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.) 
11176         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11178     def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11180         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData) 
11182         Associate the given client data with the item at position n. 
11184         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11186     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11188         GetCount(self) -> int 
11190         Returns the number of items in the control. 
11192         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11194     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11196         IsEmpty(self) -> bool 
11198         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items. 
11200         return _core_
.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11202     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11204         GetString(self, int n) -> String 
11206         Returns the label of the item with the given index. 
11208         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11210     def GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11211         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString""" 
11212         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11214     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11216         SetString(self, int n, String s) 
11218         Sets the label for the given item. 
11220         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11222     def FindString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11224         FindString(self, String s) -> int 
11226         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the 
11227         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not 
11230         return _core_
.ItemContainer_FindString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11232     def SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11234         SetSelection(self, int n) 
11236         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item. 
11238         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11240     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11242         GetSelection(self) -> int 
11244         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item 
11247         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11249     def SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11250         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool""" 
11251         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11253     def GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11255         GetStringSelection(self) -> String 
11257         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item 
11260         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11262     def Select(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11264         Select(self, int n) 
11266         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is 
11267         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection. 
11269         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Select(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11272 class ItemContainerPtr(ItemContainer
): 
11273     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11275         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11276         self
.__class
__ = ItemContainer
 
11277 _core_
.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainerPtr
) 
11279 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11281 class ControlWithItems(Control
,ItemContainer
): 
11283     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the 
11284     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls 
11287     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11288     def __repr__(self
): 
11289         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControlWithItems instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11291 class ControlWithItemsPtr(ControlWithItems
): 
11292     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11294         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11295         self
.__class
__ = ControlWithItems
 
11296 _core_
.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItemsPtr
) 
11298 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11300 class SizerItem(Object
): 
11302     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other 
11303     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user 
11304     code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but 
11305     custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the 
11306     collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout. 
11308     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem` 
11310     def __repr__(self
): 
11311         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11312     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11314         __init__(self) -> SizerItem 
11316         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
11317         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer. 
11319         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they 
11320         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend 
11321         methods are called. 
11323         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer` 
11325         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11326         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11329     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11331         DeleteWindows(self) 
11333         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type 
11336         return _core_
.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11338     def DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11342         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer. 
11344         return _core_
.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11346     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11348         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11350         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11352         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11354     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11356         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11358         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space 
11361         return _core_
.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11363     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11365         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size) 
11367         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the 
11368         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or 
11369         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into 
11372         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11374     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11376         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11378         Get the minimum size needed for the item. 
11380         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11382     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11384         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size 
11386         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders 
11389         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11391     def SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11392         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)""" 
11393         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11395     def SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11397         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height) 
11399         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11401         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11403     def SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11405         SetRatioSize(self, Size size) 
11407         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11409         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11411     def SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11413         SetRatio(self, float ratio) 
11415         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11417         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11419     def GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11421         GetRatio(self) -> float 
11423         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11425         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11427     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11429         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
11431         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy 
11433         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11435     def IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11437         IsWindow(self) -> bool 
11439         Is this sizer item a window? 
11441         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11443     def IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11445         IsSizer(self) -> bool 
11447         Is this sizer item a subsizer? 
11449         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11451     def IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11453         IsSpacer(self) -> bool 
11455         Is this sizer item a spacer? 
11457         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11459     def SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11461         SetProportion(self, int proportion) 
11463         Set the proportion value for this item. 
11465         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11467     def GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11469         GetProportion(self) -> int 
11471         Get the proportion value for this item. 
11473         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11475     SetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(SetProportion
, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")  
11476     GetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetProportion
, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")  
11477     def SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11479         SetFlag(self, int flag) 
11481         Set the flag value for this item. 
11483         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11485     def GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11487         GetFlag(self) -> int 
11489         Get the flag value for this item. 
11491         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11493     def SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11495         SetBorder(self, int border) 
11497         Set the border value for this item. 
11499         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11501     def GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11503         GetBorder(self) -> int 
11505         Get the border value for this item. 
11507         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11509     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11511         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
11513         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11515         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11517     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11519         SetWindow(self, Window window) 
11521         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item. 
11523         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11525     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11527         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
11529         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11531         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11533     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11535         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
11537         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11539         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11541     def GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11543         GetSpacer(self) -> Size 
11545         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item. 
11547         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11549     def SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11551         SetSpacer(self, Size size) 
11553         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11555         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11557     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11559         Show(self, bool show) 
11561         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item 
11562         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a 
11563         window then it is shown or hidden as needed. 
11565         return _core_
.SizerItem_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11567     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11569         IsShown(self) -> bool 
11571         Is the item to be shown in the layout? 
11573         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11575     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11577         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11579         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11581         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11583     def GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11585         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject 
11587         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there 
11590         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11592     def SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11594         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData) 
11596         Associate a Python object with this sizer item. 
11598         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11601 class SizerItemPtr(SizerItem
): 
11602     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11604         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11605         self
.__class
__ = SizerItem
 
11606 _core_
.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItemPtr
) 
11608 def SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11610     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11611         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11613     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window. 
11615     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11619 def SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11621     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11622         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11624     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer. 
11626     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11630 def SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11632     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11633         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11635     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer 
11637     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11641 class Sizer(Object
): 
11643     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in 
11644     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to 
11645     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`, 
11646     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer` 
11647     and `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
11649     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to 
11650     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK 
11651     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual 
11652     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to 
11653     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will 
11654     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of 
11655     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and 
11656     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in 
11657     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls, 
11658     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be 
11659     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus 
11660     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources 
11661     compared to a real window on screen. 
11663     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that 
11664     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can 
11665     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item) 
11666     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the 
11667     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires 
11668     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a 
11669     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows. 
11671     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11672     def __repr__(self
): 
11673         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11674     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11675         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)""" 
11676         return _core_
.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11678     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11680         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11681             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11683         Appends a child item to the sizer. 
11685         return _core_
.Sizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11687     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11689         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11690             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11692         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before 
11693         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11695         return _core_
.Sizer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11697     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11699         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11700             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11702         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by 
11703         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11705         return _core_
.Sizer_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11707     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11709         Remove(self, item) -> bool 
11711         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not 
11712         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update 
11713         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The 
11714         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based 
11715         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found 
11718         return _core_
.Sizer_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11720     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11722         Detach(self, item) -> bool 
11724         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method 
11725         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to 
11726         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11727         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item 
11728         was found and detached. 
11730         return _core_
.Sizer_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11732     def GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11734         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem 
11736         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item* 
11737         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11738         the item to be found. 
11740         return _core_
.Sizer_GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11742     def _SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11743         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)""" 
11744         return _core_
.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11746     def SetItemMinSize(self
, item
, *args
): 
11748         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size) 
11750         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer. 
11751         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11752         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it 
11753         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary. 
11756             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too 
11757             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
) 
11759             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
[0]) 
11761     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11763         AddItem(self, SizerItem item) 
11765         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
11767         return _core_
.Sizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11769     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11771         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item) 
11773         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*. 
11775         return _core_
.Sizer_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11777     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11779         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item) 
11781         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
11783         return _core_
.Sizer_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11785     def AddMany(self
, items
): 
11787         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items 
11788         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples, 
11789         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you 
11790         would normally pass to the `Add` method. 
11793             if type(item
) != type(()) or (len(item
) == 2 and type(item
[0]) == type(1)): 
11797     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code 
11798     def AddWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11799         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11800         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11801     def AddSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11802         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11803         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11804     def AddSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11805         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11806         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11808     def PrependWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11809         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11810         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11811     def PrependSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11812         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11813         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11814     def PrependSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11815         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11816         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11818     def InsertWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11819         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11820         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11821     def InsertSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11822         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11823         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11824     def InsertSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11825         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11826         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11828     def RemoveWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11829         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11830         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11831     def RemoveSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11832         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11833         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11834     def RemovePos(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11835         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11836         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11839     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11841         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height) 
11843         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus 
11844         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to 
11845         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend` 
11848         return _core_
.Sizer_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11850     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11852         SetMinSize(self, Size size) 
11854         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will 
11855         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children 
11856         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the 
11857         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set 
11858         here, depending on which is bigger. 
11860         return _core_
.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11862     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11864         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11866         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer. 
11868         return _core_
.Sizer_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11870     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11872         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11874         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space. 
11876         return _core_
.Sizer_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11878     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11880         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11882         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined 
11883         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size 
11884         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger. 
11886         return _core_
.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11888     def GetSizeTuple(self
): 
11889         return self
.GetSize().Get() 
11890     def GetPositionTuple(self
): 
11891         return self
.GetPosition().Get() 
11892     def GetMinSizeTuple(self
): 
11893         return self
.GetMinSize().Get() 
11895     def RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11899         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the 
11900         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as 
11901         it is called by `Layout`. 
11903         return _core_
.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11905     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11907         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11909         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its 
11910         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as 
11911         it is called by `Layout`. 
11913         return _core_
.Sizer_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11915     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11919         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items 
11920         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the 
11921         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's 
11922         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when 
11923         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or 
11926         return _core_
.Sizer_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11928     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11930         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size 
11932         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal 
11933         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in 
11934         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as 
11935         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size. 
11937         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size. 
11939         return _core_
.Sizer_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11941     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11943         FitInside(self, Window window) 
11945         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the 
11946         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the 
11947         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars 
11948         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it. 
11950         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints` 
11953         return _core_
.Sizer_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11955     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11957         SetSizeHints(self, Window window) 
11959         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to 
11960         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the 
11961         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are 
11962         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order 
11963         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size 
11964         required by the sizer. 
11966         return _core_
.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11968     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11970         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window) 
11972         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to 
11973         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars 
11974         this will set them appropriately. 
11976         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars` 
11979         return _core_
.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11981     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11983         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False) 
11985         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items 
11988         return _core_
.Sizer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11990     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11992         DeleteWindows(self) 
11994         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer. 
11996         return _core_
.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11998     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12000         GetChildren(self) -> list 
12002         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer. 
12004         return _core_
.Sizer_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12006     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12008         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool 
12010         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item 
12011         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
12012         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12013         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a 
12014         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found. 
12016         return _core_
.Sizer_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12018     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12020         IsShown(self, item) 
12022         Determines if the item is currently shown. sizer.  To make a sizer 
12023         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
12024         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12027         return _core_
.Sizer_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12029     def Hide(self
, item
, recursive
=False): 
12031         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive). 
12033         return self
.Show(item
, False, recursive
) 
12035     def ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12037         ShowItems(self, bool show) 
12039         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items. 
12041         return _core_
.Sizer_ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12044 class SizerPtr(Sizer
): 
12045     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12047         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12048         self
.__class
__ = Sizer
 
12049 _core_
.Sizer_swigregister(SizerPtr
) 
12051 class PySizer(Sizer
): 
12053     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been 
12054     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in 
12055     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are 
12056     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement 
12057     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set. 
12060         class MySizer(wx.PySizer): 
12061              def __init__(self): 
12062                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self) 
12065                  for item in self.GetChildren(): 
12066                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed 
12067                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's 
12068                       # layout algorithm. 
12070                  return wx.Size(width, height) 
12072               def RecalcSizes(self): 
12073                   # find the space allotted to this sizer 
12074                   pos = self.GetPosition() 
12075                   size = self.GetSize() 
12076                   for item in self.GetChildren(): 
12077                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of 
12078                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the 
12079                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the 
12080                       # space alloted to this sizer. 
12082                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize) 
12085     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by 
12086     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of 
12087     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`. 
12089     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren` 
12093     def __repr__(self
): 
12094         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPySizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12095     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12097         __init__(self) -> PySizer 
12099         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived 
12102         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PySizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12103         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12106         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PySizer
);self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12108     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12109         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
12110         return _core_
.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12113 class PySizerPtr(PySizer
): 
12114     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12116         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12117         self
.__class
__ = PySizer
 
12118 _core_
.PySizer_swigregister(PySizerPtr
) 
12120 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12122 class BoxSizer(Sizer
): 
12124     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be 
12125     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a 
12126     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out 
12127     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation 
12128     parameter passed to the constructor. 
12130     def __repr__(self
): 
12131         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12132     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12134         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer 
12136         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL`` 
12137         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row 
12140         newobj 
= _core_
.new_BoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12141         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12144         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12146     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12148         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
12150         Returns the current orientation of the sizer. 
12152         return _core_
.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12154     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12156         SetOrientation(self, int orient) 
12158         Resets the orientation of the sizer. 
12160         return _core_
.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12163 class BoxSizerPtr(BoxSizer
): 
12164     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12166         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12167         self
.__class
__ = BoxSizer
 
12168 _core_
.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizerPtr
) 
12170 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12172 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12174     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the 
12175     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer 
12176     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and 
12177     passed to the sizer constructor. 
12179     def __repr__(self
): 
12180         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStaticBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12181     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12183         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer 
12185         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation 
12186         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or 
12189         newobj 
= _core_
.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12190         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12193         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12195     def GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12197         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox 
12199         Returns the static box associated with this sizer. 
12201         return _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12204 class StaticBoxSizerPtr(StaticBoxSizer
): 
12205     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12207         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12208         self
.__class
__ = StaticBoxSizer
 
12209 _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizerPtr
) 
12211 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12213 class GridSizer(Sizer
): 
12215     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12216     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other 
12217     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the 
12218     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the 
12219     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal 
12220     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.) 
12222     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added, 
12223     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first, 
12224     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If 
12225     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you 
12226     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in 
12227     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
12230     def __repr__(self
): 
12231         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12232     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12234         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer 
12236         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number 
12237         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is 
12238         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12239         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12240         define extra space between all children. 
12242         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12243         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12246         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12248     def SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12250         SetCols(self, int cols) 
12252         Sets the number of columns in the sizer. 
12254         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12256     def SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12258         SetRows(self, int rows) 
12260         Sets the number of rows in the sizer. 
12262         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12264     def SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12266         SetVGap(self, int gap) 
12268         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12270         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12272     def SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12274         SetHGap(self, int gap) 
12276         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer 
12278         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12280     def GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12282         GetCols(self) -> int 
12284         Returns the number of columns in the sizer. 
12286         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12288     def GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12290         GetRows(self) -> int 
12292         Returns the number of rows in the sizer. 
12294         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12296     def GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12298         GetVGap(self) -> int 
12300         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12302         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12304     def GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12306         GetHGap(self) -> int 
12308         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer. 
12310         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12313 class GridSizerPtr(GridSizer
): 
12314     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12316         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12317         self
.__class
__ = GridSizer
 
12318 _core_
.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizerPtr
) 
12320 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12322 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
 
12323 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
 
12324 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
 
12325 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer
): 
12327     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12328     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same 
12329     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all 
12330     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in 
12331     the `wx.GridSizer`. 
12333     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but 
12334     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible 
12335     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it 
12336     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non 
12337     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The 
12338     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose. 
12342     def __repr__(self
): 
12343         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFlexGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12344     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12346         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer 
12348         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the 
12349         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters 
12350         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12351         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12352         define extra space between all children. 
12354         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FlexGridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12355         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12358         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12360     def AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12362         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12364         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there 
12365         is extra space available to the sizer. 
12367         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12368         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12369         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12371         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12373     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12375         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx) 
12377         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable. 
12379         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12381     def AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12383         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12385         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if 
12386         there is extra space available to the sizer. 
12388         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12389         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12390         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12392         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12394     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12396         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx) 
12398         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable. 
12400         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12402     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12404         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction) 
12406         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows, 
12407         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any 
12408         other value is ignored. 
12410             ==============    ======================================= 
12411             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized. 
12412             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized. 
12413             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized 
12414                               (this is the default value). 
12415             ==============    ======================================= 
12417         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12420         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12422     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12424         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int 
12426         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer 
12427         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default). 
12429         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection` 
12431         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12433     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12435         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode) 
12437         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if 
12438         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called 
12439         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values: 
12441             ==========================  ================================================= 
12442             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction. 
12443             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with 
12444                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this 
12445                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of 
12446                                         columns or rows (this is the default value). 
12447             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in 
12448                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are 
12449                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction. 
12450             ==========================  ================================================= 
12452         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12456         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12458     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12460         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int 
12462         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the 
12463         non-flexible direction if there is one. 
12465         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` 
12467         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12469     def GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12471         GetRowHeights(self) -> list 
12473         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the 
12476         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12478     def GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12480         GetColWidths(self) -> list 
12482         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the 
12483         columns in the sizer. 
12485         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12488 class FlexGridSizerPtr(FlexGridSizer
): 
12489     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12491         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12492         self
.__class
__ = FlexGridSizer
 
12493 _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizerPtr
) 
12495 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12497     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons 
12498     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply 
12499     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the 
12500     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer 
12501     will take care of the rest. 
12504     def __repr__(self
): 
12505         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStdDialogButtonSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12506     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12507         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer""" 
12508         newobj 
= _core_
.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12509         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12512     def AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12514         AddButton(self, wxButton button) 
12516         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add` 
12517         method in the base class. 
12519         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12521     def Realize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12525         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added 
12526         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform 
12529         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12531     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12532         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12533         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12535     def SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12536         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12537         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12539     def SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12540         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12541         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12543     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12544         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12545         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12547     def GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12548         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12549         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12551     def GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12552         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12553         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12555     def GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12556         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12557         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12559     def GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12560         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12561         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12564 class StdDialogButtonSizerPtr(StdDialogButtonSizer
): 
12565     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12567         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12568         self
.__class
__ = StdDialogButtonSizer
 
12569 _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizerPtr
) 
12571 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12573 class GBPosition(object): 
12575     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12576     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12577     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12578     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12579     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12581     def __repr__(self
): 
12582         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBPosition instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12583     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12585         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition 
12587         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12588         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12589         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12590         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12591         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12593         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12594         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12597     def GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12598         """GetRow(self) -> int""" 
12599         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12601     def GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12602         """GetCol(self) -> int""" 
12603         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12605     def SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12606         """SetRow(self, int row)""" 
12607         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12609     def SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12610         """SetCol(self, int col)""" 
12611         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12613     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12614         """__eq__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool""" 
12615         return _core_
.GBPosition___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12617     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12618         """__ne__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool""" 
12619         return _core_
.GBPosition___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12621     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12622         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)""" 
12623         return _core_
.GBPosition_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12625     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12626         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12627         return _core_
.GBPosition_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12629     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12630     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12631     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self
.Get()) 
12632     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12633     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12634     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12635         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRow(val
) 
12636         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetCol(val
) 
12637         else: raise IndexError 
12638     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12639     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12640     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBPosition
, self
.Get()) 
12642     row 
= property(GetRow
, SetRow
) 
12643     col 
= property(GetCol
, SetCol
) 
12646 class GBPositionPtr(GBPosition
): 
12647     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12649         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12650         self
.__class
__ = GBPosition
 
12651 _core_
.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPositionPtr
) 
12653 class GBSpan(object): 
12655     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of 
12656     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will 
12657     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a 
12658     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span 
12659     nearly transparently in Python code. 
12662     def __repr__(self
): 
12663         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSpan instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12664     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12666         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan 
12668         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and 
12669         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one 
12670         cell in each direction. 
12672         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12673         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12676     def GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12677         """GetRowspan(self) -> int""" 
12678         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12680     def GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12681         """GetColspan(self) -> int""" 
12682         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12684     def SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12685         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)""" 
12686         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12688     def SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12689         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)""" 
12690         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12692     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12693         """__eq__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool""" 
12694         return _core_
.GBSpan___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12696     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12697         """__ne__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool""" 
12698         return _core_
.GBSpan___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12700     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12701         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)""" 
12702         return _core_
.GBSpan_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12704     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12705         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12706         return _core_
.GBSpan_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12708     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12709     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12710     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self
.Get()) 
12711     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12712     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12713     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12714         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRowspan(val
) 
12715         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetColspan(val
) 
12716         else: raise IndexError 
12717     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12718     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12719     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBSpan
, self
.Get()) 
12721     rowspan 
= property(GetRowspan
, SetRowspan
) 
12722     colspan 
= property(GetColspan
, SetColspan
) 
12725 class GBSpanPtr(GBSpan
): 
12726     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12728         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12729         self
.__class
__ = GBSpan
 
12730 _core_
.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpanPtr
) 
12732 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem
): 
12734     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about 
12735     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid 
12736     and how many rows or columns it spans. 
12739     def __repr__(self
): 
12740         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12741     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12743         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem 
12745         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
12746         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this 
12747         item can be used in a Sizer. 
12749         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they 
12750         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called. 
12752         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12753         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12756     def GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12758         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition 
12760         Get the grid position of the item 
12762         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12764     def GetPosTuple(self
): return self
.GetPos().Get()  
12765     def GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12767         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan 
12769         Get the row and column spanning of the item 
12771         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12773     def GetSpanTuple(self
): return self
.GetSpan().Get()  
12774     def SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12776         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
12778         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
12779         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new 
12780         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is 
12781         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved. 
12783         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12785     def SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12787         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12789         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
12790         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new 
12791         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change 
12792         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized. 
12795         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12797     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12799         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool 
12801         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect. 
12803         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12805     def IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12807         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12809         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. 
12811         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12813     def GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12815         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition 
12817         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item. 
12819         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12821     def GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12823         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer 
12825         Get the sizer this item is a member of. 
12827         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12829     def SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12831         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer) 
12833         Set the sizer this item is a member of. 
12835         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12838 class GBSizerItemPtr(GBSizerItem
): 
12839     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12841         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12842         self
.__class
__ = GBSizerItem
 
12843 _core_
.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItemPtr
) 
12844 DefaultSpan 
= cvar
.DefaultSpan
 
12846 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12848     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
12849         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12851     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window. 
12853     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12857 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12859     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
12860         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12862     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer 
12864     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12868 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12870     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,  
12871         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12873     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer. 
12875     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12879 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer
): 
12881     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a 
12882     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items 
12883     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more 
12884     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the 
12885     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are 
12886     positioned at, adjusted for spanning. 
12889     def __repr__(self
): 
12890         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridBagSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12891     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12893         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer 
12895         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the 
12898         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GridBagSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12899         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12902         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12904     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12906         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0, 
12907         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
12909         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning 
12910         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining 
12911         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`. 
12913         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell 
12914         position, False if something was already there. 
12917         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12919     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12921         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
12923         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if 
12924         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if 
12925         something was already there. 
12927         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12929     def GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12931         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size 
12933         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and 
12934         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout. 
12936         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12938     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12940         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size 
12942         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
12944         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12946     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12948         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz) 
12950         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
12952         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12954     def GetItemPosition(*args
): 
12956         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition 
12958         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
12959         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
12962         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args
) 
12964     def SetItemPosition(*args
): 
12966         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
12968         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
12969         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
12970         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not 
12971         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
12974         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args
) 
12976     def GetItemSpan(*args
): 
12978         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan 
12980         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
12981         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
12982         zero-based index of an item. 
12984         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args
) 
12986     def SetItemSpan(*args
): 
12988         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12990         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
12991         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
12992         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is 
12993         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
12995         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args
) 
12997     def FindItem(*args
): 
12999         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem 
13001         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if 
13002         not found. (non-recursive) 
13004         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args
) 
13006     def FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13008         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem 
13010         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no 
13011         item at that position. (non-recursive) 
13013         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13015     def FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13017         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem 
13019         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if 
13020         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond 
13021         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for 
13022         layout. (non-recursive) 
13024         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13026     def CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13028         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
13030         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
13031         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap. 
13032         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for 
13033         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
13037         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13039     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13041         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
13043         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
13044         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be 
13045         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked 
13046         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
13049         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13052 class GridBagSizerPtr(GridBagSizer
): 
13053     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13055         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13056         self
.__class
__ = GridBagSizer
 
13057 _core_
.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizerPtr
) 
13059 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13063 Right 
= _core_
.Right
 
13064 Bottom 
= _core_
.Bottom
 
13065 Width 
= _core_
.Width
 
13066 Height 
= _core_
.Height
 
13067 Centre 
= _core_
.Centre
 
13068 Center 
= _core_
.Center
 
13069 CentreX 
= _core_
.CentreX
 
13070 CentreY 
= _core_
.CentreY
 
13071 Unconstrained 
= _core_
.Unconstrained
 
13073 PercentOf 
= _core_
.PercentOf
 
13074 Above 
= _core_
.Above
 
13075 Below 
= _core_
.Below
 
13076 LeftOf 
= _core_
.LeftOf
 
13077 RightOf 
= _core_
.RightOf
 
13078 SameAs 
= _core_
.SameAs
 
13079 Absolute 
= _core_
.Absolute
 
13080 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object
): 
13082     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as 
13083     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in. 
13084     You will never need to create an instance of 
13085     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a 
13086     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints 
13089     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
13090     def __repr__(self
): 
13091         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIndividualLayoutConstraint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
13092     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13094         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN) 
13096         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the 
13097         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs. 
13099         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13101     def LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13103         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13105         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an 
13106         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the 
13109         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13111     def RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13113         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13115         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an 
13116         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the 
13119         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13121     def Above(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13123         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13125         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional 
13126         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other 
13129         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13131     def Below(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13133         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13135         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional 
13136         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other 
13139         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13141     def SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13143         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0) 
13145         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the 
13146         given window, with an optional margin. 
13148         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13150     def PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13152         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per) 
13154         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given 
13155         window, with an optional margin. 
13157         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13159     def Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13161         Absolute(self, int val) 
13163         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value. 
13165         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13167     def Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13169         Unconstrained(self) 
13171         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on 
13172         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced. 
13174         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13176     def AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13180         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at 
13181         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*, 
13182         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important 
13183         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default 
13184         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the 
13187         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13189     def GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13190         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window""" 
13191         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13193     def GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13194         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int""" 
13195         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13197     def SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13198         """SetEdge(self, int which)""" 
13199         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13201     def SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13202         """SetValue(self, int v)""" 
13203         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13205     def GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13206         """GetMargin(self) -> int""" 
13207         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13209     def SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13210         """SetMargin(self, int m)""" 
13211         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13213     def GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13214         """GetValue(self) -> int""" 
13215         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13217     def GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13218         """GetPercent(self) -> int""" 
13219         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13221     def GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13222         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int""" 
13223         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13225     def GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13226         """GetDone(self) -> bool""" 
13227         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13229     def SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13230         """SetDone(self, bool d)""" 
13231         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13233     def GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13234         """GetRelationship(self) -> int""" 
13235         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13237     def SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13238         """SetRelationship(self, int r)""" 
13239         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13241     def ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13243         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool 
13245         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin 
13247         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13249     def SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13251         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool 
13253         Try to satisfy constraint 
13255         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13257     def GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13259         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int 
13261         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this 
13262         is not determinable, -1. 
13264         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13267 class IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr(IndividualLayoutConstraint
): 
13268     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13270         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13271         self
.__class
__ = IndividualLayoutConstraint
 
13272 _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr
) 
13274 class LayoutConstraints(Object
): 
13276     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers 
13279     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its 
13280     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent. 
13282     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class 
13283     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed 
13284     directly to set the appropriate constraints. 
13286         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window 
13287         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window 
13288         * top: represents the top edge of the window 
13289         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window 
13290         * width: represents the width of the window 
13291         * height: represents the height of the window 
13292         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window 
13293         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window  
13295     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship 
13296     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by 
13297     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height, 
13298     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a 
13299     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be 
13300     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If 
13301     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed. 
13303     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints` 
13306     def __repr__(self
): 
13307         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxLayoutConstraints instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
13308     left 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_left_get
) 
13309     top 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_top_get
) 
13310     right 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_right_get
) 
13311     bottom 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get
) 
13312     width 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_width_get
) 
13313     height 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_height_get
) 
13314     centreX 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get
) 
13315     centreY 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get
) 
13316     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13317         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints""" 
13318         newobj 
= _core_
.new_LayoutConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13319         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
13322     def SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13323         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)""" 
13324         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13326     def AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13327         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool""" 
13328         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13331 class LayoutConstraintsPtr(LayoutConstraints
): 
13332     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13334         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13335         self
.__class
__ = LayoutConstraints
 
13336 _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraintsPtr
) 
13338 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13340 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not 
13344     __builtins__
.True = 1==1 
13345     __builtins__
.False = 1==0 
13346     def bool(value
): return not not value
 
13347     __builtins__
.bool = bool 
13351 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names 
13352 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge' 
13353 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider' 
13354 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar' 
13357 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13358 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor 
13359 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets. 
13361 from __version__ 
import * 
13362 __version__ 
= VERSION_STRING
 
13364 assert MAJOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MAJOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13365 assert MINOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MINOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13366 if RELEASE_VERSION 
!= _core_
.RELEASE_VERSION
: 
13368     warnings
.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch") 
13370 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13372 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from 
13373 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We 
13374 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the 
13375 # encoding we need to use as well.) 
13377 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects 
13378 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be 
13379 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be 
13380 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see 
13381 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
13382 # between the common latin/roman encodings. 
13384 default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13385 if default 
== 'ascii': 
13389         default 
= locale
.getdefaultlocale()[1] 
13390         codecs
.lookup(default
) 
13391     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError): 
13392         default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13396     wx
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default
) 
13399 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13401 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError): 
13404 class _wxPyDeadObject(object): 
13406     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__ 
13407     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help 
13408     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer. 
13410     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)" 
13411     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed." 
13413     def __repr__(self
): 
13414         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13415             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13416         return self
.reprStr 
% self
._name
 
13418     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13419         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13420             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13421         raise PyDeadObjectError(self
.attrStr 
% self
._name
) 
13423     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13428 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError): 
13431 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object): 
13433     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is 
13434     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App 
13435     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will 
13436     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an 
13437     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance 
13441     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)" 
13442     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed." 
13444     def __repr__(self
): 
13445         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13446         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13447         return self
.reprStr 
#% self._name 
13449     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13450         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13451         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13452         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self
.attrStr
) # % self._name ) 
13454     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13458 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13460 def CallAfter(callable, *args
, **kw
): 
13462     Call the specified function after the current and pending event 
13463     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI 
13464     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or 
13465     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called. 
13467     :see: `wx.FutureCall` 
13470     assert app 
is not None, 'No wx.App created yet' 
13472     if not hasattr(app
, "_CallAfterId"): 
13473         app
._CallAfterId 
= wx
.NewEventType() 
13474         app
.Connect(-1, -1, app
._CallAfterId
, 
13475                     lambda event
: event
.callable(*event
.args
, **event
.kw
) ) 
13477     evt
.SetEventType(app
._CallAfterId
) 
13478     evt
.callable = callable 
13481     wx
.PostEvent(app
, evt
) 
13483 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13488     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable 
13489     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any 
13490     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is 
13491     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method. 
13493     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer 
13494     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will 
13495     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer 
13496     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when 
13497     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall 
13500     :see: `wx.CallAfter` 
13502     def __init__(self
, millis
, callable, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13503         self
.millis 
= millis
 
13504         self
.callable = callable 
13505         self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13507         self
.running 
= False 
13508         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13517     def Start(self
, millis
=None, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13519         (Re)start the timer 
13521         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13522         if millis 
is not None: 
13523             self
.millis 
= millis
 
13525             self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13527         self
.timer 
= wx
.PyTimer(self
.Notify
) 
13528         self
.timer
.Start(self
.millis
, wx
.TIMER_ONE_SHOT
) 
13529         self
.running 
= True 
13535         Stop and destroy the timer. 
13537         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13542     def GetInterval(self
): 
13543         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13544             return self
.timer
.GetInterval() 
13549     def IsRunning(self
): 
13550         return self
.timer 
is not None and self
.timer
.IsRunning() 
13553     def SetArgs(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13555         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is 
13556         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a 
13557         new call to the same callable object but with different 
13561         self
.kwargs 
= kwargs
 
13567     def GetResult(self
): 
13572         The timer has expired so call the callable. 
13574         if self
.callable and getattr(self
.callable, 'im_self', True): 
13576             self
.running 
= False 
13577             self
.result 
= self
.callable(*self
.args
, **self
.kwargs
) 
13579         if not self
.running
: 
13580             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup 
13581             wx
.CallAfter(self
.Stop
) 
13585 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13586 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc. 
13587 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size 
13588 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects, 
13589 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead 
13590 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods 
13591 # where they should be used. 
13595     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and 
13596     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs. 
13598     def __init__(self
, globals): 
13599         self
._globals 
= globals 
13601     def __call__(self
, name
): 
13603         obj 
= self
._globals
.get(name
, None) 
13604         if type(obj
) not in [type, types
.ClassType
, types
.FunctionType
, types
.BuiltinFunctionType
]: 
13606         if name
.startswith('_') or name
.endswith('Ptr') or name
.startswith('EVT'): 
13610 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13611 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13613 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the 
13614 # "core" wx namespace 
13616 from _windows 
import * 
13617 from _controls 
import * 
13618 from _misc 
import * 
13621 # Fixup the stock objects since they can't be used yet.  (They will be 
13622 # restored in wx.PyApp.OnInit.) 
13623 _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
() 
13625 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13626 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------